alu - a7302 isam fttu operator gpon nant-e_ce-pdf

433
 © 2010 Alca tel-Luc ent, All Rights Reser ved ISAM Product Overview Intro and Architecture 1 ALU ISAM - product over vie w Introduction During class please switch off your mobile, pager or other that may interrupt.

Upload: szejkdudi

Post on 14-Jan-2016

496 views

Category:

Documents


67 download

DESCRIPTION

Operator Gpon fttx

TRANSCRIPT

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 1/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedISAM Product Overview Intro and Architecture 1

ALU ISAM - product overview

Introduction

During class please switch off your mobile, pager or other that may interrupt.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 2/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedISAM Product Overview Intro and Architecture 2

2

Objective

Upon completion of the module you will be able to

explain why we need the ISAM

• What is the ISAM and why do we need it?

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 3/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedISAM Product Overview Intro and Architecture 3

3

Intelligent Services Access Manager (ISAM) family

Non-Blocking IP Access Platform for 3Play delivery

Central Office

7302 ISAM

Small CO / Outside Plant7330 ISAM FTTN

MDU/Cabinet

7356 ISAM FTTB REM

Copper

access

Outside Plant

7357 ISAM FTTB SEM

7354 ISAM FTTB RU

MDU/Cabinet

7330 ISAM RA 

Small CO

The figures on the slide shows equipment based on eXtreme Density (older) equipment and Flexible Density equipment

practice (NEP=New equipment practice)Focus in this presentation is copper delivery: 7302 and 7330 ISAM

Solutions for different environments

7302 ISAM (multi-DSL, VDSL, SHDSL)

7330 ISAM FTTN (multi-DSL, VDSL, SHDSL)

Access Manager (ISAM) family supports a range of deployment practices including:

7302 ISAM for DSL-focused deployments from large COs

7330 ISAM fiber to the Node (FTTN) for smaller COs or serving area interface locations and remote outside plantlocations

7330 ISAM FTTN Remote Expansion Module (REM) for multi-dwelling units and small remote outside plant locations

7330 ISAM Remote aggregator (RA).Providing 2x10GB uplinks to connect REMs/SEMs.

Onto the 7330 ISAM FTTN and/or RA we can connect expansion modules to it. These expansion modules areequivalent to to adding remote LT unit(s) to the host

- 7356 ISAM FTTB Remote Expansion Module (REM) (based on FD HW) for multi-dwelling units and cabinets. Thisprovides an extension of ISAM deployment into FTTN & larger FTTB

- 7357 ISAM FTTN Sealed Expansion Module (SEM) for multi-dwelling units and small remote outside plant locations.Extension of ISAM deployment into FTTC. FTTC/B complement to cabinet deployment – reach 100% coverage

Unlike the 7356 and the 7357, which are remote LT unit(s), the Alcatel-Lucent 7354 Intelligent Services Access Manager(ISAM) Fiber-to-the-Building (FTTB) Remote Unit (RU) is a stand-alone unit. It is compact full-service IP access node forMDU and cabinet deployments, designed to deliver up to 100Mbps over VDSL2. (24 ports)) and small remotelocations/Buildings as complement to CO & FTTN

The whole range of access products – including the ASAM and ISAM family – can be managed from a single, dedicatedmanagement platform.

FTTN Fiber To The NodeFTTB Fiber To The Building

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 4/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedISAM Product Overview Intro and Architecture 4

4

Intelligent Services Access Manager (ISAM) family

Non-Blocking IP Access Platform for 3Play delivery

fiber

access

ONT

GPON-FTTB

7302/7330 ISAM

Focus in this presentation is copper delivery: 7302 and 7330 ISAM, this slide gives a short

overview of the GPON solutions.

The Main CO device is the 7302/7330 ISAM FTTU (GPON)

7302 ISAM GPON for higher bandwidth Gigabit passive optical network (GPON)-focuseddeployments from COs

Alcatel-Lucent supports a comprehensive list of ONT (Optical Network Termination)equipment, both indoor and outdoor deployment and both for residential and business use

FTTB Fiber To The Building: different possibilities, depending on needs:

24 VDLS2 ports

24 POTS + 12 GE interfaces + optional RF

8 VDLS2 + 4 GE Interfaces + optional RF + optional splitters

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 5/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedISAM Product Overview Intro and Architecture 5

5

ISAM product portfolio overview

Internet

7450 ESS7750 SR 

IPTV

VoIP7302 ISAM FTTU

7330 ISAM FTTN

VDSL2

GPON

DSL/Voice/P2P

7357 ISAMFTTB SEM

7352 ISAM FTTB ONT

7356 ISAM FTTB REM

7354 ISAM FTTB RU

DSL/voice/P2P

Expansion link

Ethernet

7330 ISAM RA 

Expansion link

7357 ISAM FTTB SEM

Expansion link

Expansion link

7356 ISAM FTTB REM

VDSL2

VDSL2

VDSL2

Ethernet-fed

GPON-fed

Distributed

DSLAM

12x

24x

Remote LTs

CO Cabinet MDUAggregation Network

VDSL2/ADSL2+/ADSL2/…

7302 ISAM

DSL/Voice/P2P

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 6/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedISAM Product Overview Intro and Architecture 6

6

Ethernet access for SMEs

• FE/GE - optical or electrical

• Long reach with 1000B-Zx (up to

80km)

Line Termination

• 48 Multi-ADSL / 24 VDSL / 24SHDSL

• FD 864 subscribers per shelf

• splitterless practice

 An Alcatel-Lucent product

• High reliability 

• High quality supply chain: in timedelivery, first time right, spare partslocally available

• Local presence of expertise andsupport

• End-to-end QoS with 7450 ESS

7302 ISAM  – Product highlights

Non-blocking video delivery 

• 1-10 Gigabit per LT

• line rate packet forwarding

• 100% BTV, 100% VoD

 Wire Speed service delivery 

• 16 LT slots @ 1-10 Gbps wire speed

• 24-320 Gbps non blocking switch

• Distributed processing

Continuity with ASAM

• Same AWS management

• Same DSL provisioning SW 

• Same DSL chipset

Service Intelligence

• Bridging & Cross-Connect

• PPP termination

• DHCP option 82

• IP routing

Service/Intelligent hub

• Up to 8 ports for uplinks &subtending

• Link aggregation

The 7302 ISAM as depicted over here is mainly used for central office (CO) deployment.

The picture on top is of the 7302 XD ISAM (see later) and the picture below of the 7302 FDISAM (see later).

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 7/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedISAM Product Overview Intro and Architecture 7

7

7330 ISAM – Product highlights

Ethernet access for SMEs

• FE/GE - optical or electrical

• Long reach with 1000B-Zx (up to

80km)

Line Termination

• 48 Multi-ADSL / 24 VDSL / 24SHDSL on 7330 FTTN

• Up to 12 expansion modules

• 24 exp modules on 7330 RA 

 An Alcatel-Lucent product

• High reliability 

• High quality supply chain: in timedelivery, first time right, spare partslocally available

• Local presence of expertise andsupport

• End-to-end QoS with 7450 ESS

Non-blocking video delivery 

• 1-10 Gigabit per LT (FTTN)

• line rate packet forwarding

• 100% BTV, 100% VoD

 Wire Speed service delivery 

• 4/8 LT slots @ 1-10Gbps(FTTN)

• 24 -320 Gbps non blocking switch

• Distributed processing

Continuity with ASAM

• Same AWS management

• Same DSL provisioning SW 

• Same DSL chipset

Service Intelligence

• Bridging & Cross-Connect

• PPP termination

• DHCP option 82

• IP routing

Service hub

• Up to 8 FE/GE for uplinks &subtending + 2 XFP for RA 

• Link aggregation

7330 ISAM FTTN

7330 ISAM RA 

7356 FTTB REM

The 7330 ISAM FTTN (Fiber To The Neighborhood) has the same feature set as the 7302

ISAM, except for the number of lines attached (scalability).

FTTN system is a compact remote IP DSLAM designed to address the growing need for a deepfibre access solution

Targeted market:

small number of lines

remote deployment

Apart from the 7330 FTTN Host CO device, which can still terminated DSL subscribe linesdirectly (allowing from 4 to 10 LTs, depending on equipment practice), there is now alsothe 7330 RA (Remote Aggregator). The 7330 RA only supports the aggregation of REM and

SEM devices (not direct DSL termination any more).Remark: 7330 FTTN has 24Gbps switching capacity, whereas the 7330 RA has a capacity of44Gbps

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 8/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedISAM Product Overview Intro and Architecture 8

8

Interfaces

7302 User Interfaces

• ADSL/ADSL2/RE-ADSL2/ADSL2+, ann.M

• VDSL

• SHDSL

• Direct Ethernet over fiber

7302 network Interfaces

• Uplinks, subscribers or subtending

• FE/GE Optical/Electrical

FTTN host

• Similar to 7302 (but no FE Optical to thenetwork)

• Extra link type = expansion links

o link between REM/SEM and FTTN host

FTTB REM/SEM

• No fiber access or subtending

• VDSL only ≤R3.3

ISAMCO

DSL Access

fiber Access

Subtending Links

FE/GE Uplinks

EthernetSwitch/Router

7302 ISAM   7330 FTTN

FTTNhost

REM/SEM

REM/SEM expansion link 

EthernetSwitch/Router

FE/GE UplinksFE/GE Uplinks

Logically, the 7330 FTTN host and the REM(s) behave as one single ISAM. The REM has

splitter and LT functionality and is managed as if it is a LT board inserted in the FTTN host.

On the 7302 you have the possibility to have FE optical interfaces via one of the availableNT I/O cards on XD hardware (ECNC-B) see later. This card however is not insertable in the7330 FTTN unit. Therefore FE Optical network links are not possible in 7330 deployment tothe network. Via the NELT card (see later), FE towards the end-user is supported on the FDequipment practice.

---

Host (H)

Remote Expansion Module (REM)

Sealed Expansion Module (SEM)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 9/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedISAM Product Overview Intro and Architecture 9

9

www.alcatel-lucent.comwww.alcatel-lucent.com

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 10/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 1

Alcatel-Lucent

7302-7330-735x ISAM

During class please switch off your mobile, pager or other that may interrupt.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 11/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 2

2

Table of Contents

1. Shelf Types

2. Board Types

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 12/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 3

3

Shelf Types1

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 13/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 4

4

ISAM FD shelf – Flexible Density Equipment Practice

FD slots are universal: can hold LTs as well as splitters

Higher densities can be obtained with FD shelves

• One rack may contain 3 FD shelves compared to only 2 XD shelves

Various FD splitters will be available

o multiDSL and VDSL2

o POTS-only and universal POTS/ISDN

   M  u   l   t   i  -   A   D   S   L

   V   D   S   L   2

   P   O   T   S

   I   S   D   N

   f   i   b  e  r   (  p   2  p   E   t

   h   )

  s  p   l   i   t   t  e  r  s

Multiple flavors of line cards available

Multiple density variants (28p, 48p)

Single shelf for all

deployments•DSL

•voice

•fiber 

The following LTs will be supported starting from ISAM release 3.3:

24p G.shdsl LT

16p Ethernet LT (p2p fiber Ethernet)

48p VDSL2 LT

48p mDSL/VDSL splitters

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 14/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 5

5

Shelf types – FD equipment practice

ISAM 7302 - FD

• FD -NFXS-A

o ETSI shelf for 16/18 boards (x lines)

o universal slot concept allows any mix of xDSL LTs, splitters, fiber LTs, voice cards

ISAM 7330 FTTN - FD

• FD-NFXS-B

o Mini-RAM ETSI shelf for 8/10 boards (x lines)

o universal slot concept allows any mix of xDSL LTs, splitters, fiber LTs, voice cards

7356 FTTB REM - FD• FD-NFXR-A

o can be connected to 7330 FTTN XD or FD.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 15/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 6

6

7302 ISAM-FD equipment practice

FD shelf mounted in any standard ETSI rack.

• 3 FD 7302-shelves fit in ETSI rack of 2200mm height

• FD also fits in

o ISAM-XD rack

o ASAM UD rack

Self contained shelf concept.

• Stand-alone deployment with integrated powermanagement & shelf alarm

• Power directly on the shelf.

TRU “Lite” functionality integrated in shelf

• TRU optional in case of rack power feeding for multi-shelf rack

Different rack configurations

2200mm heigh STD ETSI-RACK 

NO TRU

FD-7302-2

FD-7302-1

FD-7302-3

The ISAM-FD equipment can be mounted in a standard ETSI rack, This is possible

because the ISAM FD Shelves can operate as a stand-alone unit powering and othergeneral shelf functionality (e.g. visual alarm indicators) (= the power unit) areintegrated in the 7302 ISAM FD shelf.Therefor integration into a rack with a top rack unit is not required, but it is possible.Integrated 7302 FD rack configurations (rack + subracks + evt. Cabling) are also offered.7302 FD shelves can also be mounted in existing XD modular space improved rack and inthe UD rack.

The reduced height of the FD shelves allows to combine 3 FD shelves intoa ETSI rack of 2200 mm height. This way higher densities can be obtained with FDshelves. One rack may contain 3 FD shelves compared to only 2 XD shelves

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 16/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 7

7

FD 7302 rack Configurations

 

NO TRU NO TRU NO TRU NO TRU NO TRU

FD-7302shelf

FD-7302shelf

FD-7302shelf

FD-7302shelf

FD-7302shelf

FD-7302shelf

XDMTA Readysplittershelf

FD-7302

LT shelf

XDPassive

splittershelf

FD-7302

LT shelf

In a standard ETSI rack (2200mm x 600mm x 300mm) there are a couple of possible

configurations that you can have with FD equipment practice. An overview of theseconfigurations are given in the following slides. :1) 1 rack with 1 FD subrack

NFXS-A FD subrack

2) 1 rack with 2 FD subracks

2 x NFXS-A FD subrack

3) 1 rack rack with 3 FD subracks

3 x NFXS-A FD subrack]

In these first 3 configurations, FD subracks can be configured as “LT shelf”, “mixed shelf” or“splitter shelf”.

4)1 rack with XD MTA-ready (“Red”) splitter shelf and 1 FD subrack

ASPS-A (ISAM XD-modular splitter subrack with Test Access)

NFXS-A FD subrack configured as “LT shelf”

5) 1 rack with XD Passive (“Blue”) splitter shelf and 1 FD subrack

ASPS-C (ISAM XD-modular splitter subrack without Test Access)

NFXS-A FD subrack cionfigured as “LT shelf”

Bottom FD subrack is equipped with dust filter.

A configuration with 3 LT shelves may not be appropriate, since a lot of heat is produced. Anevaluation is needed on a case by case basis. It’s not a problem for mixed splitter/LT shelves.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 17/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 8

8

7302 ISAM–FD shelf: NFXS-A

No connector area: direct front

access cabling

2 NT slots + 1 NTIO slot

16 “LT/splitter” slots

Capacity = 16 + 2 line slots

• NT-B/NTIO slots can be used as line slot

• Max 864 lines/shelf 

500 W x 600 H x 280 D 

600

LT/splitter slots LT/splitter slots2 x NT+ NTIO

FAN

This ISAM 7302 16/18 slot FD ETSI shelf/subrack (NFXS-A) is a shelf with universal slot

concept and reduced backpanel architecture.This is a high-dense subrack for central office and large cabinet applications, which fitsin standard ETSI racks.

Reduced backpanel architecture in the sense that the 7302 ISAM-FD shelf has noconnector area for subscriber, xDSL and narrowband interfaces. External cabling isapplied directly to front access connectors on the line termination boards. Initial multi-ADSL cards have 48-port density, but higher density cards can also be accommodatedwithin the shelf (future)

There can be maximum 18 LT boards (16 + 2) in one 7302 ISAM-FD sub-rack. Since onesub-rack is one ISAM system, the maximum number of xDSL lines that one ISAM FD

system can support is 48*18=864 lines.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 18/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 9

9

7302 ISAM–FD shelf: NFXS-A

Card cagearea 

DSL

LT board

Back panel

FANdust filter

   L   T   L   T   L   T   L   T   L   T   L   T

   L   T

   L   T   L   T   L   T   L   T   L   T   L   T   L   T   L   T

   L   T

   N   T   A

   N   T   B   /   L   T

   N   T   I   O   /   L   T

Power &connector area 

PWR

Dust filter

Fan unit

fiber conduct

Fan area 

fiber channel 

fiber conduct

The ISAM 7302 FD shelf is subdivided in following areas:

Card cage containing slots for NT, NTIO, LT and splitter boards.

Fiber conduct for NT and NTIO fibers

Fan unit area: the fan unit is provided with dust filter. The dust filter must beinstalled only beneath the lowest fan tray in a configuration. The dust filter can beremoved without plugging out the fan tray.

Power and connection area: This area provides housing for connectors for the powersupply, circuit breakers and rack lamps.

The shelf has 19 vertical slots for pluggable boards.

In the center of the shelf, three slots are foreseen for NT-A, NTIO and NT-B. Other 16slots are universal slots. universal slots can accommodate LT board types, server boardtypes and splitter board types.Hence, splitters can be mixed with LTs in a shelf or be deployed separately/externally.A mixed shelf combines LT/splitter pairs, with front cabling to interconnect LT andsplitter.(see later in this presentation)

The NTIO slot and the NT-B slot can also be assigned as universal slot. Such assignmentturns the shelf into a 18-slot shelf.Note: A 17-slot configuration, where only NTIO slot or NT-B slot is assigned as universalslot, is currently not supported.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 19/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 10

10

7302 ISAM-FD shelf – configurations LT shelves

 XDSL cable management area

   4   8  p  -   L   T

Fan unit

   4   8  p  -   L   T

   N   T

   N   T   I   O

TAUBITS

Craft

BITS

Craft

Mgt

SFP4

SFP1

SFP5

SFP6

SFP7

SFP8

SFP3

SFP2 SFP2

   N   T

Mgt

SFP1

   A   D   S   L   1  -   4   8

connector

areaBAT filers

Inlet

Block

CBsLamps

connector

areaPWR filtersPWR 

Inlet

Block

CBsLEDS

fiber management area

Fan unit

BPA

 XDSL cable management area

   4   8  p  -   L   T

Fan unit

   4   8  p  -   L   T

   N   T

   N   T   I   O

TAUBITS

Craft

BITS

Craft

Mgt

SFP4

SFP1

SFP5

SFP6

SFP7

SFP8

SFP3

SFP2 SFP2

   N   T

Mgt

SFP1

   A   D   S   L   1  -   4   8

connector

areaBAT filers

Inlet

Block

CBsLamps

connector

areaPWR filtersPWR 

Inlet

Block

CBsLEDS

fiber conduct area

Fan unit

BPA

FD CO 16 slot LT shelf

with NT redundancy

FD CO 18 slot LT shelf

no NTIO / no NT redundancy

(e.g. HSI only application)

 XDSL cable management area

   4   8  p  -   L   T

Fan unit

   4   8  p  -   L   T

   N   T

   N   T   I   O

TAUBITS

Craft

BITS

Craft

Mgt

SFP4

SFP1

SFP5

SFP6

SFP7

SFP8

SFP3

SFP2 SFP2

   N   T

Mgt

SFP1

   A   D   S   L   1  -   4   8

connectorarea

BAT filersInletBlock

CBsLamps

connectorarea

PWR filtersPWR InletBlock

CBsLEDS

fibermanagement area

Fan unit

BPA

 XDSL cable management area

   4   8  p  -   L   T

Fan unit

   4   8  p  -   L   T

   N   T

   N   T   I   O

TAUBITS

Craft

BITS

Craft

Mgt

SFP4

SFP1

SFP5

SFP6

SFP7

SFP8

SFP3

SFP2 SFP2

   N   T

Mgt

SFP1

   A   D   S   L   1  -   4   8

connectorarea

BAT filersInletBlock

CBsLamps

connectorarea

PWR filtersPWR InletBlock

CBsLEDS

fiber conduct area

Fan unit

BPA

XDSL XDSL

The 7302 ISAM-FD subrack can be used in different modes.

You can have an LT-shelf, splitter shelf or mixed/combo-shelf.

In LT mode, the FD subrack is – besides the NT and NTIO board, equipped with LTboards only . The corresponding splitter cards must be placed in a separate splittersubrack.

splitter shelf: In that case only splitter boards are inserted in the LT-slots. No NT orNTIO boards needed. Also a fan unit is not required in this configuration.

“mixed shelf”-combo configuration, pairs of splitter & DSL LT boards in the same FDshelf.

On the slide you see the configuration for a 7302 ISAM-FD LT-shelf.

If NT redundancy is required, the FD subrack can be equipped with 16 LT boards If neither NT redundancy nor extra external interfaces are required, the FD subrack

can be equipped with 18 LT boards. LT 17 and LT 18 are placed in the NT I/O and inthe NTB slot respectively.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 20/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 11

11

7302 ISAM FD shelf – configurations LT/splitter shelf

FD CO 16 slot shelf

with NT redundancy

   4   8  p  -   L   T

Fan unit

   4   8  p  -   L   T

   N   T

   N   T

   I   O

TAUBITS

Craft

BITS

Craft

Mgt

SFP4

SFP1

SFP5

SFP6

SFP7

SFP8

SFP3

SFP2 SFP2

   N   T

Mgt

SFP1

   A   D   S   L   1  -   4   8

Connectorarea

BAT filersInletBlock

CBsLamps

Connectorarea

PWR filtersPWR InletBlock

CBsLEDS

Fiber management areaFan Unit

BPA

POTSLINE

XDSL

LT SP   LT SP

   4   8  p  -   L   T

Fan unit

   4   8  p  -   L   T

   N   T

   N   T

   I   O

TAUBITS

Craft

BITS

Craft

Mgt

SFP4

SFP1

SFP5

SFP6

SFP7

SFP8

SFP3

SFP2 SFP2

   N   T

Mgt

SFP1

   A   D   S   L   1  -   4   8

Connectorarea

BAT filersInletBlock

CBsLamps

Connectorarea

PWR filtersPWR InletBlock

CBsLEDS

Fiber management areaFan Unit

BPA

POTSLINE

XDSL

LT SPLT SP   LT SPLT SP

FD CO 18 slot shelf

without NT redundancy

When the 7302 ISAM-FD is used in a “mixed shelf”-combo configuration, pairs of splitter

& DSL LT boards can be placed in the same shelf. For each equipped LT board, thecorresponding splitter is placed in the in neighboring right slot of the LT board.

On the slide you see the configuration for a 7302 ISAM-FD LT-shelf with redundancy. Inthat case the FD subrack can be equipped with 8 LT boards and 8 splitters.

If NT redundancy is not required, the FD subrack can be equipped with 9 LT boards and9 splitters. LT 9 and splitter 9 are placed in the NT I/O and in the NTB slot respectively.(This configuration is shown on the right of the slide.)

Splitters for the xDSL LIMs can be mounted next to (and to the right of) thecorresponding LT. The connection between the LT and the correlating splitter is done

via the front with a 48 pairs connector and cable.At the front of the splitter, there is the 48 pairs connector and cable towards the PSTN-exchange.

In this configuration, there is no MTA on the splitters. MTA is not supported in combomode.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 21/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 12

12

7330 ISAM FTTN– FD shelf: NFXS-B

Medium-sized DSLAM for CO orCabinet

2 NT slots + 1 NTIO slot

• Remote expansion capabilities viaNTIO

8 “LT/splitter” slots

Capacity = 8 + 2 line slots

• NT-B/NTIO slots can be usedas line slot

• Max 480 lines/shelf 

Power and alarm functionality in GFCCard

• Remote expansion capabilities viaNTIO

No connector area

• direct front access cabling

   3

   5   5   (   h  o  r   i  z  o  n   t  a   l

  m  o  u  n   t   i  n  g   )

240 D x 445 W x 355 H 

8 LT/splitter slots

2 NT + NTIO slot

GFC

The 7330 ISAM FTTN-FD 8/10 slot FD ETSI shelf/subrack (NFXS-B) can be deployed at

either the Central Office (CO), or in a remote location (which can be in an outsidecabinet). The shelf can be mounted horizontally in 19” or ETSI rack .

Like the 7302 ISAM-FD shelf (NFXS-A) the NFXS-B is a shelf with universal slot conceptand reduced backpanel architecture.Reduced backpanel architecture in the sense that no connector area for subscriber,xDSL and narrowband interfaces are present on the backpanel. External cabling isapplied directly to front access connectors on the line termination boards. Initial multi-ADSL cards have 48-port density, but higher density cards can also be accommodatedwithin the shelf (future)

Max 10 LT boards (8 + 2) in one 7330 FD sub-rack means that the maximum number of

xDSL lines that one 7330 ISAM FD system can support now is 48*10=480 lines.The 7330 ISAM FTTN-FD has expansion capabilities to remote expansion modules. The7330 ISAM FTTN-FD host shelf perceives remote LT units as though they were installedlocally on the host shelf itself, adding them to its total number of LT units.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 22/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 13

13

7330 ISAM FTTN–FD shelf: NFXS-B

LT

LT

LT

LT

LT

LT

LT

LT

NT-A 

NTIO / LT

NT-B / LT

F  an  uni  t 

Card cage area

Power &connector area 

Fan area 

GFCPWR

The 7330 FD subrack physically has three areas:

the card: card cage containing slots for NT, NTIO, LT and splitter boards.

the fan area: This area provides housing for a separate fan unit. Power unit and cable connectionarea. This area houses connectors for the power supply, circuit breakers, subrack lamps andconnectors for alarm cabling

The shelf has 12 horizontal slots for pluggable boards.

A mandatory GFC card takes the bottom position of the shelf. The GFC card takes up powering and othergeneral shelf functionality (e.g. visual alarm indicators).

Above the slot for the GFC card, three slots are foreseen for NT-A, NTIO andNT-B. The other 8 slots are universal slots. universal slots can accommodate LT board types, Server boardtypes and splitter board types.Hence, splitters can be mixed with LTs in a shelf or be deployed separately/externally.A mixed shelf combines LT/splitter pairs, with front cabling to interconnect LT and splitter.(see later inthis presentation)

The NTIO slot and the NT-B slot can also be assigned as universal slot. Such assignment turns the shelfinto a 10-slot shelf. Note: A 9-slot configuration, where only NTIO slot or NT-B slot is assigned asuniversal slot, is currently not supported.)

Besides some exceptions you can state that in general the 7330 ISAM FTTN-FD uses the same boards asthe CO-system (7302 ISAM-FD).

slot numbering is bottom up (below legacy numbering is used):

LT 1/1/11

LT 1/1/10

LT 1/1/9

LT 1/1/8 LT 1/1/7

LT 1/1/6LT 1/1/5LT 1/1/4

NT-B

NTIONT-A

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 23/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 14

14

7330 ISAM FD shelf – configurations

   F  a  n  u  n   i   t

   N   T

   N   T  I   O   T   A   U

   B   I   T   S

   C  r  a   f   t

   B   I   T   S

   C  r  a   f   t

   M  g   t

   S   F   P   4

   S   F   P   1

   S   F   P   5

   S   F   P   6

   S   F   P   7

   S   F   P   8

   S   F   P   3

   S   F   P   2

   S   F   P   2

   N   T    M  g   t

   S   F   P   1

   A   D   S  L  1  -  4  8

   f   i   b  e  r

  m  a  n  a  g  e  m  e  n   t  a  r  e  a

   F  a  n 

  u  n   i   t

   F  a  n  u  n   i   t

48p  -

LT 

NT 

NT IO   T   A   U

   B   I   T   S

   C  r  a   f   t

   M  g   t

   S   F   P   4

   S   F   P   1

   S   F   P   5

   S   F   P   6

   S   F   P   7

   S   F   P   8

   S   F   P   3

   S   F   P   2

   S   F   P   2

NT   S

   F   P   1

ADSL 1  -

48

   F  a  n 

  u  n   i   t

   C  r  a   f   t

   M  g   t

   B   I   T   S

   F  a  n  u  n   i   t

   S   F   P   2

   N   T   S   F   P   1

   A   D   S  L  1  -  4  8

   f   i   b  e  r

  m  a  n  a  g  e  m  e  n   t  a  r  e  a

   F  a  n 

  u  n   i   t

   F  a  n  u  n   i   t

   S   F   P   2

NT    S   F   P   1

ADSL 1  -

48

   F  a  n 

  u  n   i   t

   C  r  a   f   t

   M  g   t

   B   I   T   S

  4  8  p  -  L   T

  4  8  p  -  L   T  48p-LT 

FD CO 8 slot LT shelf

With NT redundancy

FD CO 10 slot LT shelf

No NTIO/ No NT redundancy

(e.g. HSI only application)

LT8

LT10

As the 7302 ISAM FD the 7330 FD subrack can be used in different modes.

You can have an LT-shelf, splitter shelf or mixed/combo shelf.

In LT mode, the FD subrack is – besides the NT and NTIO board, equipped with LTboards only . The corresponding splitter cards must be placed in a separate splittersubrack.

splitter shelf: In that case only splitter boards are inserted in the LT-slots. No NT orNTIO boards needed. Also a fan unit is not required in this configuration.

“mixed shelf”-combo configuration, pairs of splitter & DSL LT boards in the same FDshelf.

The ISAM 7330 FD shelf can be configured as: “LT shelf”: configured with NT boards (atleast one, second is optional) , NTIO boards (optional) and LT/server boards.

If NT redundancy is required, the FD subrack can be equipped with 8 LT boards.(Left drawing)

If NT redundancy is not required, the FD subrack can be equipped with 10 LTboards.LT 9 and LT 10 are placed in the NT I/O and in the NTB slot respectively;Right drawing

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 24/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 15

15

7330 ISAM FD shelf – configurations

   F

  a  n  u  n   i   t

   N   T

   T   A   U

   B   I   T   S

   C  r  a   f   t

   S   F   P   4

   S   F   P   1

   S   F   P   5

   S   F   P   6

   S   F   P   7

   S   F   P   8

   S   F   P   3

   S   F   P   2

   S   F   P   2

   N   T   M  g   t

   S   F   P   1    F

  a  n 

  u  n   i   t

   F

  a  n  u  n   i   t

NT 

NT IO   T   A   U

   B   I   T   S

   C  r  a   f   t

   M  g   t

   S   F   P   4

   S   F   P   1

   S   F   P   5

   S   F   P   6

   S   F   P   7

   S   F   P   8

   S   F   P   3

   S   F   P   2

   S   F   P   2

NT    S   F   P   1

   F  a  n 

  u  n   i   t

   C  r  a   f   t

   M  g   t

   B   I   T   S

FD CO mixed shelf

With NT redundancy

   L   T

   S   P

  --

  -

      P      O      T      S

     L      I      N      E

  -

XDSL LT1

In combo mode, the 7330 FD subrack is equipped with LT boards and splitter boards. For

each equipped LT board, the corresponding splitter board is placed in the slot belowthe LT board. So, the LT card comes in top position and the splitter card in neighboringright position.

For the 7330 ISAM FTTN-FD as LT-shelf:

If NT redundancy is required, the 7330 FD subrack can be equipped with 4 LT boardsand 4 splitter boards.

If NT redundancy and no extra external interfaces are required, the 7330 FD subrackcan be equipped with 5 LT boards and 5 splitter boards. LT 5 and splitter 5 areplaced in the NT I/O and in the NTB

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 25/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 16

16

General architecture 7302 ISAM-FD

new equipment practice – NEP

• NFXS-A

capacity = 16 + 2 line slots

• NT-B/NTIO slots can be used as line slot

universal slot concept

• shelf can accomodate any mix ofxDSL LTs, splitters, fiber LTs,voice cards

aggregation (service hub) andcontrol- & management function integratedon NT

1GE connectivity betweenNT and LT via backpanel

• Backplane ready to support evolution to higherdensities

ACU & clock function integrated on NTboard

SMAS functionality integrated on backpanel

7302 FD-shelf

 ASAM link 

Control link 

NT

 Aggregationfunction (SHUB)

1 …16/18 GE2 GE

1..6 GE2 ExternalEthernetlinks

Control/Mgtfunctions  ACU Clock 

6 ExternalEthernetlinks

LT16 18orSP16 18ormixed

SMAS

NTIO 802.3port

802.3port

Power

The slide above shows the 7302 ISAM’s FD system architecture.

The universal slot concept in the FD equipment practice allows the 7302 ISAM-FD shelfto accommodate line termination cards and splitter cards. Therefore the 7302 ISAM FDshelf (NSFX-A) can be configured as LT shelf, as splitter shelf or as a mixed shelf. Amixed shelf combines LT/splitter pairs, with front cabling to interconnect LT andsplitter.

The NFXS-A shelf is used for the 7302 ISAM-FD.The shelf has 16 universal slots, 2 NT slots and 1 NTIO slot. This way NT redundancy issupported.However the second NT slot and NTIO slot can also be used as universal slot, increasingthe capacity to 18 slots.

The NT board - as with the XD equipment practice - contains an integrated aggregationfunction with a total capacity of 24 Gbps which is commonly referred to as the servicehub (SHUB). There are two ethernet switches on the NT having a capacity of 12 Gbpseach, which means the total switching capacity is 24 Gbps, corresponding with 16 GEASAM links + 8 extra Ethernet links.These extra Ethernet links can then be used as uplink, subtended links or directlyconnected end-user links.

The NT cards for FD equipment practice can terminate 2 external Ethernet links.The NTIO is providing the connectivity to the outside world for the 6 additional links.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 26/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 17

In the case where the second NT slot and NTIO slot are used as universal slots,2 of these 8 Ethernet links are used as ASAM-links leaving us with 6 uplinks available on theSHUB. As said before the NT in FD equipment provides connectivity to the outside world fortwo of these links. So in that case 4 uplinks will remain unused.Clocking and alarm control unit functionality are also provided on the NT

Each LT card is connected with the NT (SHUB) via the backpanel using a1 GE electrical interface (ASAM-links). The backplane of the FD however is ready tosupport evolution to higher densities and higher subscriber bandwidths.

Powering and other general shelf functionality (e.g. visual alarm indicators) (= thepower unit) is integrated in the 7302 ISAM FD shelf . This way the FD shelf canoperate as a a stand-alone unit, allowing the operator to install the 7302 ISAM FD in

any standard ETSI 2200 rack..

You do not find the TAU module on this drawing, although ISAM FD equipmentpractice provides this functionality in LT mode. MTA is not supported in combomode. An RJ45 for test access (connection to TAU) is present on the NTIO ( seelater), but the TAU module itself is on a TAUS-card which physically needs to beinserted in the splitter-shelf.

The SMAS functionality (Remote Inventory PROM) is placed in a socket which isplugged on the backplane.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 27/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 18

18

General architecture 7330 ISAM FTTN host-FD

Same concept as 7302 ISAM FD

New equipment practice

• NFXS-B

Capacity = 8 + 2 line slots

• NT-B/NTIO slots can be used as

line slot

Possiblity to have expansion links

• number depends on NT I/O card and the ISAM

release running:

o NCNC-B (6 opt ext itf)

o NCNC-C (12 opt ext itf)

o NCNC-D (6 opt – 4 elec itf)

o NCNC-E (14 opt ext itf)

7330 FD-shelf

 ASAM link 

Control link 

NT

 Aggregationfunction (SHUB)

1 …8/10GE

2 GE

1..x GE/FE

Control/Mgtfunctions ACU

Clock 

LT 8 10orSP 8 10or mixed

SMAS

NTIO 802.3port

802.3

port

Power

802.3port

expansionlinks

1..x GE

2 ExternalEthernetlinks

External Ethernetlinks(configurable)

The NFXS-B shelf is used for the 7330 ISAM FTTN-FD.

The shelf has 8 universal slots, 2 NT slots and 1 NTIO slots. This way NT redundancy issupported. However the second NT slot and NTIO slot can also be used as universal slot,increasing the capacity to 10 slots.

NT and LT cards used in 7302 ISAM FD are also used in the 7330 ISAM FTTN-FD. Thefunctionality of the different boards is the same as in the 7302 ISAM-FD.

The difference with the 7302 ISAM-FD is the number of LT-slots and the fact that the7330 ISAM FTTN-FD can be equipped with an NTIO with 6 external interfaces (NCNC-B)as well as with an NTIO having 12 external interfaces (NCNC-C). Other NTIO cards havebeen released from ISAM R3.4. See later for more information.

The number of expansion or ethernet uplinks has become configurable from ISAM R3.4

on.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 28/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 19

19

Board Types2

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 29/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 20

20

NT – Network termination in 7302 / 7330 ISAM-FD

runs control plane software and

management software• management and control interfaces

• SW management

• fault management

• configuration management

• DB management

service hub

electrical or optical Ethernetinterfaces

ACU functionality

Clock functionality: optional

7330: Performsaggregation,management and controlfunctions REM/SEM

• Seen as one NE on 5523 AWS

2 GE elec /optical

Craft Terminal

7302 / 7330ISAM FD

.

.

.

PSTN

…P

SLT

…P

SLT

NT

SHUB

CTR

802.3port

Clock   ACU

NTIOx GE elec /

optical

All the data that passes through the 7302 ISAM-FD will always pass through the NT. It is the 24

Gbps Ethernet aggregation switching function, i.e. the service hub residing on the NT that isresponsible for the data forwarding towards the Ethernet aggregation network.

Another functionality of the NT-board is the control plane of the 7302 ISAM required e.g. formaintenance and operations, remote inventory information and shelf management. It providesmanagement interfaces (LAN, CRAFT, RCRAFT) to the outside world and control interfacestowards the line termination (LT) boards and the network termination I/O.

On the NT resides an interface and media conversion block which provides 2 external Ethernetinterfaces. One of the interfaces will certainly be used as network link. The remaining link canbe used as subtending and/or network links. The media converter on the NT converts theelectrical signal coming from the service hub into an optical signal.

Whether a clock function (BITS) interface is present on the NT or not will depend on the type

of NT card.NT redundancy is supported.

In the ISAM FD equipment practice the ACU module is integrated on the NT board as well. It isthe ACU-module on the NT board that collects up to five external alarms, AC fail alarm, dooralarm, fuse alarm and two fan fail alarms and sends them to the NT. The ACU-module sends itsalarms to the NT board which transfers these signals to the element management system.

The NT has the same functionality in the 7330 ISAM FTTN-FD host shelf as in the 7302 ISAM-FD.

The NT in the 7330 FTTN host shelf however, will also provide the different functionalities forthe remote expansion modules connected to the 7330 FTTN-FD host shelf.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 30/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 21

21

NANT - Combined NT unit

service hub

• 24 Gbps line rate capacity

• Supports i.f.o setup/configuration

o Up to18 LT cards

o Up to 8 ports for Ethernet user links, subtending

links and network links

o Up to 12 ports for expansion links

o i.f.o available links on NTIO board

contains FLASH, RAM and ROM memory

interfacing with management and control

interfaces via backpanel

traffic management on NT

ACU module integrated on NTNANT-A 

At this stage the only NANT card existing is the NANT-A. (>R3.1).

Two variants exist: with or witouth Bits interface.The NANT card performs Ethernet switching and control functions for the 7302 and the 733-ISAM FTTN-FD equipment, as well as for any connected remote expansion units. It handles thexDSL, the shelf, and the switching data path.The SHUB is integrated on the NANT board.

The NANT board can be placed in the 7302 ISAM equipment as well as in the 7330 ISAM FTTN-FD equipment. The number of LT cards, external ethernet interfaces and/or expansion linkswill depend in which type of shelf the card is inserted.

The NANT card handles high-bandwidth IP services for xDSL subscribers by providing a 24Gigabit Ethernet switching fabric. In the downstream direction, high-bandwidth IP servicesenter the network termination side of the 7302 ISAM-FD or 7330 ISAM FTTN-FD over optical or

electrical connectivity at the NANT card or through optical connectivity at the NT I/O card.The NANT card switches the Ethernet IP traffic. The appropriate packets for each connectedxDSL subscriber are then forwarded over the backplane by an LT unit. In the upstreamdirection, the NANT card receives Ethernet packets from the LT units over the backplane. TheNANT card either switches the Ethernet packets to the high-bandwidth IP services network orpasses them to the NT I/O card for transmission to the high-bandwidth IP services network.

For expansion configurations with remote expansion units, the NT unit on the 7330 ISAM FTTN-FD host shelf switches traffic destined for remote subscribers to expansion ports on the NT I/Ocard via the shelf backplane. Traffic from remote subscribers is forwarded to the NT unit overthe expansion links that connect to the NT I/O card on the host shelf.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 31/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 22

22

NANT-A - Combined NT unit version A

NANT used in:

• 7302 ISAM FD

• 7330 ISAM FTTN FD

1 Craft interface (RJ45)

1 BITS interface (RJ45)

• Availability I.f.o variant

1 100BaseT outband Mgt interface

• Not used at the moment

2 ports for user/network/subtending links

• 1 GE Optical SFP and

• 1 switchable GE Optical SFP/RJ-45

RJ45 BITS (AB variant only)

RJ45 Craft

RJ45 Outband Management (LOM)

RJ45 port 0

SFP port 0

SFP port 1

switchable

The NANT card supports inband management traffic received through its connectors.

The ACU module and the craft connection is found on the NANT supporting localmanagement this way.The NT unit on the host shelf is used to manage remote expansion units.

The NANT provides network two GE links on the front panel.These interfaces are primarily intended to be used as subtending and/or network links.One port always need to be used as a 1 GE optical port, this is a fixed 1000BASE-X port(SFP only). The other interface is a combo-port. Meaning that or the optical interfacecan be used or the electrical 10/100/1000 BASE-T Port (RJ45 connector)

3 management interfaces are available via the front panel:• BITS interface (RJ45 connector)

• Craft management interface (RJ45 connector)• Ethernet management interface (RJ45 connector).At this point (R3.3) this management interface can not be used

The Craft wiring is not the same as in ASAM or ISAM ACU-boardThe Craft Wiring on ISAM Flexible Density is the following

5 4 3 2 1---------------- \ o o o o o / \ o o o o /

---------9 8 7 6

1=orange 2=green 3=yellow

4=black 5=red 6=n.c.

7=n.c 8=brown 9=blue

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 32/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 23

23

NANT-D - Combined NT unit version D

NANT used in:

• 7302 ISAM FD

• 7330 ISAM FTTN FD

1 Craft interface (RJ45)

2 BITS interfaces (AB variant)

4 ports for user/network/subtending links

• 3 GE Optical SFP

• 1 10GE Optical SFP

RJ45 Craft

RJ45 BITS OUT (AB variant only)

SFP port 1

SFP port 2

SFP port 3

SFP port x1

RJ45 BITS IN (AB variant only)

Support for this NT card started at R3.7.10

The NANT card supports inband management traffic received through its connectors.The ACU module and the craft connection is found on the NANT supporting localmanagement this way.The NT unit on the host shelf is used to manage remote expansion units.

The NANT provides network three GE links and one 10GE on the front panel.These interfaces are primarily intended to be used as subtending and/or network links.One port always need to be used as a 1 GE optical port, this is a fixed 1000BASE-X port(SFP only). The other interface is a combo-port. Meaning that or the optical interfacecan be used or the electrical 10/100/1000 BASE-T Port (RJ45 connector)

1 management interfaces are available via the front panel:

• Craft management interface (RJ45 connector)• Ethernet management interface (RJ45 connector).

At this point (R3.3) this management interface can not be used

LEDs on the front panel:

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 33/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 24

24

NT I/O – NT Input Output in 7302 ISAM-FD

provide additional external interfaces

to the 7302 ISAM shelf.

• interfaces with the NT via the backpanel

one NT-I/O per ISAM system

Supports NT redundancy

LT

.

..

…P

S

P

S

PSTN

7302ISAM-FD

NT I/O

LT

NT

6 x optical802.3port

The network termination Input/Output (NT I/O) board is an applique or interface card

which interfaces – via the backplane – with the network termination (NT) board.In the 7302 ISAM-FD it is required in case more than the available external interfaceson the NT board are required.These interfaces can be used as network links, directly connected user links orsubtending links.

The NT I/O for the 7302 ISAM-FD can provide up to 6 additional interfaces to the shelf.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 34/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 25

25

NT I/O – NT Input Output in 7330 FTTN-FD

provide additional external interfaces

to the 7330 FTTN

• expansion links i.f.o card type

• interfaces with the NT via the backpanel

one NT-I/O per FTTN system

7330 ISAMFTTN-FD host

…P

SLT

1… 12 expansion links

.

.

.

PSTN

…P

SLT

…P

SLT

 ASAM link 

6->14

optical

NT I/O

802.3port

7356 FTTB REMor

7357 SEM

As in the 7302 ISAM-FD equipment the network termination Input/Output (NT I/O) board

is an applique or interface card providing extra external interfaces.

In the 7330 ISAM FTTN-FD the extra interfaces can now be used as expansion links aswell. However how many interfaces available and how many can be used as expansionlinks will depend on the type of NTIO board and software used

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 35/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 26

26

NCNC - NT I/O Applique version B & version C

6 optical GE Eth interfaces to the

active NT board.

serial TAUS interface to the TAU

board.

Environment Monitoring interface

to communicate with a monitor box

over a RS-232 link.

12 optical GE Eth interfaces to the

active NT board.

uplinks to the network or

connecting Remote Expansion

Modules (REMs)

NCNC-B NCNC-C

In general, the NCNC-B-C card is a NT I/O applique which interfaces with the NT board.

It provides additional GE interfaces to the FD subrack. (>R3.2)

The NCNC-B serves as an NT I/O applique for the 7302 ISAM FD and 7330 FTTN ISAM FD.It provides 6 slots for up to 6 SFP GE interface modules which are external to the NCNC-B board. In case the NCNC-B is mounted in a 7302 ISAM FD shelf the NCNC-B is providingadditional uplinks to the network, subtending links or directly connected end-user links.When mounted in a 7330 ISAM FTTN FD shelf however, these links can also be used toconnect Expansion Modules (REMs/SEMs) to the FD subrack.The 6 links of the NCNC-B can be used as expansion links.Support of # of expansion links will depend on Release.

The NCNC-B supports Metallic Test Access (MTA) by providing a serial TAUS interface to

the TAU module, providing communication between the 7302 ISAM NT and the TestAccess unit (TAU) of the splitter shelf. As stated before, when the ISAM FD shelf is usedas combo shelf, MTA is not supported.The NCNC-C serves as an NT I/O applique for 7330 FTTN ISAM FD only and provides 12slots for up to 12 SFP GE interface modules which are external to the NCNC-C board.These links can be used as network-, subtending-, directly connected end-user and/orexpansion links.

Max 6 links of the NCNC-C can be used as uplinks. The 12 links can be used as expansionlinks. However, the support of # of expansion links will depend on Release.No MTA nor Environment Monitoring Interface is provided via the NCNC-C.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 36/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 27

27

NCNC - NT I/O Applique version D & version E

6 optical and 4 electrical GE Eth

interfaces to the active NT board.

serial TAUS interface to the TAU

board.

2 serial MTA interfaces.

Environment Monitoring interface

to communicate with a monitor box

over a RS-232 link.

NCNC-D NCNC-E

14 optical GE Eth interfaces to the

active NT board.

uplinks to the network or

connecting Remote Expansion

Modules (REMs)

In general, the NCNC-D-E card is a NT I/O applique which interfaces with the NT board.

It provides additional GE interfaces to the FD subrack. (>R3.4)

The GE optical Network Termination (NT) Input/Output (I/O) Applique version D is partof the 7302 Intelligent Services Access Manager (7302 ISAM) and 7330 Fiber To The NodeIntelligent Services Access Manager (7330 FTTN ISAM).

NCNC-D has six optical and four electrical Ethernet interfaces to implement up to sixEthernet traffic media interfaces. Four of them can be multiplexed with 100BASE-FX/1000BASE-X and 10/100/1000BASE-T interfaces, and the remaining two are1000BASE-X interfaces.

Provides Equipment Protection Switching (EPS) in case of failure of the active NT ina redundant NT pair configuration.

Supports integrated TAUS to provide Metallic Test Access (MTA) in FD LT shelf 

NCNC-D has an interface to separate TAUS (in combination with a splitter shelfsupporting MTA).

The GE optical Network Termination (NT) Input/Output (I/O) Applique version E whichis part of the 7330 Fiber To The Node Intelligent Services Access Manager (7330 FTTNISAM).

NCNC-E has 14 GE interfaces via SFP optical modules.

Provides Equipment Protection Switching (EPS) in case of failure of the active NT ina redundant NT pair configuration.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 37/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 28

28

LT – line termination in 7302 / 7330 ISAM-FD

provide connection to DSL users

Contains the LT-module

• Transportation function

determines type of card

• Contains the IWF

o i.e. the LT is on the data

forwarding path

the applique boards can be …

• mixed with LTs in one shelf 

• in a separate shelf,

• maybe even in a separate rack

LT

.

.

.

…P

S

P

S

PSTN7302 / 7330ISAM-FD

LT BOARDS

 APPLIQUEBOARDS

LT module

LT

For the data path, in the 7302 ISAM-FD, the main building blocks are the LT boards on

which we can find the IWFs and the NT on which we can find the aggregation function.All the data that passes through the 7302 ISAM will always pass through the NT.

The 7302 ISAM-FD is equipped with a large number of line terminationboards (LT). Different LTs exist for DSL access. Most of the LTs also need a pairedapplique boards. These applique boards can reside in a separate shelf or the same shelf.

The 7302 subrack can be used in 2 modes.LT-mode, the FD subrack is equipped with LT boards only . The corresponding splittercards must be placed in a splitter subrack which can be placed in the same rack or in arack on another location.combo-mode, the FD subrack is equipped with LT boards and splitter boards. For each

equipped LT board, the corresponding splitter is placed in the slot to the right of the LTboard (see later)

In the 7302, ISAM-FD, each LT card is connected with the NT via the backpanel using aGE electrical interface.The backplane of the FD however is ready to support evolutionto higher densities and higher subscriber bandwidths.

The NFXS-B is used as 7330 ISAM FTTN-FD host shelf.

The LT boards in the 7330 units perform the same functionality as in the 7302, i.eterminating the physical layer and forwarding the data packets to the aggregationfunction.

The 7330 ISAM FTTN host shelf perceives remote LT units as though they were installed

locally on the host shelf itself, adding them to its total number of LT units.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 38/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 29

29

NALT – MultiDSL Line Termination Unit

multi-ADSL line card

• 48 ports per card

• ADSL, ADSL2, ADSL2+, READSL and Annex M

• POTS and ISDN line cards

Front access connector on the LT board.

GE interface towards NT

ATM cell <-> Ethernet packet conversion

• Inter Working Function (IWF)

L2 and L3 cards

• difference in supported FW Models, QoS,...

NALT-B (POTS, L2, 48 ports)NALT-C (POTS, L3, 48 ports)NALT-D (ISDN, L3, 48 ports)…

NALT-B L2 functionalities only (see forwarding models later on)

External cabling is applied directly to Front Access connectors on the line terminationboards.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 39/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 30

30

NALT-E/F – MultiDSL Line Termination Unit

multi-ADSL line card

• 72 ports per card

• ADSL, ADSL2, ADSL2+, READSL and Annex M

• POTS and ISDN line cards

Front access connectors on LT

1Gbps interface towards NT

ATM cell <-> Ethernet packet conversion

• Inter Working Function (IWF)

L2+ cards

• see addendum

NALT-E (POTS, L2+, 72 ports)NALT-F (ISDN, L2+, 72 ports)

The NALT-E/F supports 72 ADSL/ADSL2 and ADSL2+ protocol types.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 40/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 31

31

NSLT – SHDSL Line Termination unit

SHDSL line card

• symmetric service:

o bit rate from 192 kbps to 5696 kbps

o  

in steps of 64 kbps

• 24 ports per card

• EFM or ATM/IMA

GE interface towards NT

NSLT-A 24 SHDSL

Provides symmetric variable rate service to Customer Premises Equipment (CPE).

Provides 24 Symmetric High-Bitrate Digital Subscriber Line (SHDSL) ports at line ratesfrom 192 kbit/s to 5.696 Mbit/s payload rate in steps of 64 kbit/s.

Supports both symmetric spectral profiles.

Provides 8 kHz Network Timing Reference (NTR) clock to CPE for timingsynchronization.

Supports two-wire mode, channel bonding (four-wire/six-wire/eight-wire mode) usingATM for extended range and/or greater payload.

Supports multi-link (up to 8 links) grouping using Inverse Multiplexing over ATM (IMA) forextended range and/or greater payload.

If IMA grouping is used, up to 24 groups are allowed.

Supports Packet Transfer Mode (PTM).

Can be installed in any of the Line Termination (LT) slots of the line termination area ofthe subrack or of the outdoor cabinet.

Can be mixed with xDSL Line Termination (xDSL LT) boards in the same subrack or inthe same outdoor cabinet.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 41/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 32

32

NALS - Multi-DSL line card with integrated splitters

• 48p Multi-DSL, POTS or ISDN

• ADSL, ADSL2, ADSL2+, RE-ADSL, (Annex M support)

• SELT/DELT support, Full Network Analyzer

integration

• Smart DSL for Optimal Stability/Performance

• Indoor/Outdoor deployments

• L2/L3 Forwarding

NALS-A (POTS)NALS-B (ISDN)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 42/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 33

33

NVLT – VDSL(2) Line Termination unit

VDSL line card

• 24 or 48 ports per card

• POTS and ISDN line cards

Support VDSL(2) and ADSL(2+)

GE interface towards NT

NVLT-A 24 VDSL(2) POTSNVLT-B 24 VDSL(2) ISDN

NVLT-C 48 VDSL(2)-ADSL(2+) POTS

NVLT-D 48 VDSL(2)-ADSL(2+) ISDN

NVLT-G 48 VDSL(2)-ADSL(2+) POTS high capacity 

NVTL-H 48 VDSL(2)-ADSL(2+) ISDN high capacity 

NVLT-G/H has specific features:

High capacity giving up to 50Mbps per customer

Allowing VDSL2 line bonding : using 2 copper pairs running from any port on the LTto the same customer together to either boost the capacity per customer or increasethe distance

High capacity cards only supported starting from R4.0 and needs to be used incombination with the new NANT-D NT card.

So far the NVLT-G/H is not supported in the REM/SEM

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 43/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 34

34

NELT – Ethernet Line Termination Unit

16 ports optical Fast Ethernet

• P2P optical Ethernet CPE

100 Mb/s over 10 km with p2p single-mode

fiber

Full ISAM Service Intelligence

• Supports L3 Interworking Forwarding (IWF)

engine.

Full feature parity with DSL line cards formixed deployments

NELT-A 16 FE Opt

NELT-A card is intended for the following applications:

P2P FTTU applications. A dedicated fiber from the ISAM to each user. This can beboth for residential applications (FTTH) as well as for SME/SOHO applications. Forthis application the port density is typically as large as possible, and this to minimizethe CO cost per user. The optical transceiver technology requirement is usually FE(e.g. 100Base-BX10) as this suffices the BW needs and is a bit more cost effectivethan GE transceivers.

Fixed Mobile Convergence application. In this application a number of wireless basestations can be aggregated on the ISAM rather than a dedicated mobile aggregationnode. This is particularly of interest for operators who already have ISAM deployedfor DSL-based services, as they only have to add this Ethernet LT card rather than to

install a dedicated node for this application, thereby saving a lot of CAPEX and OPEXcosts. The considered development of WiMAX controller functionality on ISAM alsohas to be seen in this context. Prime interest is the support for aggregation ofWimax base stations (Evolium 9100 in particular), but in principle 3G backhaul couldalso be foreseen. The optical link between the base station and the ISAM is typicallyFE, as the total BW aggregated per Wimax base station is 50 Mbps at most.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 44/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 35

35

NGLT-A - Line Termination

8 Port GPON Line Card (NGLT-A):

• Backplane connections = 2,5G/10G (NANT-D/NANT-E)

• B+/C+ optics (up to 1:128 splitting ratio with C+ optics)

• Able to work in load sharing mode towards two NTs (2 x 10G backplane

capacity with NANT-E) (available in R4.2.02)

• Similar L2/L3 capabilities as the standard 7302 FD LTs

• Extended dimensioning to support 8 GPON ports

Advanced Traffic Management (NGLT-A):

o Enhanced downstream traffic management capabilities using specializedFPGA

o Hierarchical downstream scheduling and rate limiting

Fibers pointing down: less sensitive to dust

NGLT – New technology GPON Line Termination

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 45/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 36

36

NVPS: ISAM Voice Packet Server (only for MEGACO)

FD 7302 ISAM rack

MEGACO signaling interface with MGC

Communicates with the voice boards by means of

(XLES) proprietary protocol

Handles OAM for (VoIP) service

Supports redundancy

Provides all database services for the storage of

management persistent data

Can be hot inserted / extracted

Internal Signaling XLES

MEGACO +SIGTRAN (if NBAT)

NPOT

NVPS

MGC

NBAT

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 46/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 37

37

NPOT – POTS Line Termination

FD 7302 ISAM rack

48/72 Plain Old Telephone Service (POTS) line

terminations

Translates analogue line to packet based VoIP

Can be hot inserted or extracted

 Analogue lines VoIP

NPOTETHEMAN

NPOT-A supports up to 48 POTS interfaces and integrates functions such as ringing, digit

detection and tone generation. It provides a classical POTS interface towards thesubscriber and performs the packetization of the voice over RTP, sending the voicedirectly to the network as VoIP over Ethernet.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 47/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 38

38

NBAT – Basic Access Line Termination (only for MEGACO)

Basic Access lines VoIP

NBATETHEMAN

FD 7302 ISAM rack

24 ISDN BRA line terminations

Translates BA line to packet based

VoIP

Can be hot inserted or extracted

Separation of the signaling and data packets according to SAPI information allows e.g.

X25 to be sent on the ISDN D-channel. (Packet mode services on D-channel)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 48/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 39

39

LT – Applique Cards

NPSP-A MII Passive POTS Splitter without MTA

NPSP-B ETSI Passive 48 port POTS splitter 

NPSP-C TBD

NPSP-D ETSI Passive 48 port POTS splitter 

NVSP-A Passive 24-port VDSL2 over POTS Splitter

Version A

NVSP-B Passive 48 port POTS VDSL splitter 

NVSU-A Passive 48-port VDSL2 over POTS/ISDNUniversal 2B1Q Splitter 

NVSU-B Passive 48-port VDSL2 over POTS/ISDN

Universal 4B3T Splitter 

Passive Splitter cards have no backplane connectors, NOT detectable by the ISAM

MII : Ministry of Information Industry ADSL/ ADSL2+ application, optimized for the MII

China impedance

NPSP-A

Passive POTS splitter. ADSL2+ compatible.

Optimised for the MII China impedance

Only frontpanel connectors, no backplane

NPSP-B

Idem NPSP-A, but optimised for the complex impedance terminations as requested inETSI TR 1010 728 (TBR21 impedance, TBR38 impedance, high frequency terminationand the high pass load).

NPSP-C

TBD

NPSP-D

This POTS splitter meets the same electrical requirements as the currently deployedNPSP-B and is also compliant with the standardThe only deviation the NPSP-B has with the standard is that the ADSL BAND Isolationrequirement is 55dB, I.e. Telstra RCIT0004 compliant

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 49/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 40

40

GFC and fan for 7330 FD

Power Terminals(BAT-A, BAT-B, BAT-RET)

40 A Circuit Breakers(BAT-A, BAT-B)

Battery Available LED

Shelf Alarm Status LEDOffice AlarmsConnectors

Rack LampsConnectors

Door OpenConnector

Power Terminals(BAT-A, BAT-B, BAT-RET)

40 A Circuit Breakers(BAT-A, BAT-B)

Battery Available LED

Shelf Alarm Status LEDOffice AlarmsConnectors

Rack LampsConnectors

Door OpenConnector

GFC unit for 7330 ISAM-FD

Fan unit for 7330 ISAM-FD

EMA-NGFC-A 

EMA-EFCU-D

GFC board for 7330 ISAM-FD: NGFC-A

The EMA-NGFC-A is the power interface point of the FD7330 rack. It is also theinterface for alarm system between outside(use defined )and NT .

The EMA-NGFC-A (3FE-29191-AAAA) is at the bottom of 7330 ISAM system. It’s a half-closed box, Power filter module, circuit breaker, PBA-NGFC-A are all assembled in thebox. EMA-NGFC-A can be inserted and pulled out of the back panel directly.

The GFC provides the following functions :

Main electrical power entry: Provisioning for the connection of the external inputpower feeders (branch A and branch B feeders) and distribution of these to all slots(for 8 LTs, 2NTs and 1NTIO ) and a FAN unit.

Fan for 7330 ISAM-FD - EMA-EFCU-DThe fan plug in unit is designed for forced air cooling in 7330 ISAM equipment practiceand is integrated within the 7330 ISAM shelf. It contains 6 wide range fans and alarminterface board and can be hot inserted.

The Fan unit provides an alarm indication towards the NT in case of failure. One alarmLED is present on the front panel of the Fan unit, to provide a visual indication of fanfailure conditions.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 50/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 41

41

AFAN-H – ADSL Fan Unit

Fan unit for 7302 ISAM FD

 AFAN-H• with or without dust filter

Fan unit in 7302 ISAM FD

The Fan unit used in the 7302 FD shelf is a new variant of the AFAN-H Fan unit, which isused in the 7302 XD LT shelf and fully compatible with ETSI shelf (600mmx300mm).

The AFAN-H contains eight temperature controlled variable speed fans to cool theplugin boards in the ISAM subrack assembly. The fans have a local temperature sensor,which monitors the local ambient temperature of the fan and defines the fan speed as afunction of this temperature.

The AFAN-H must be in the fan area of the subrack. Fan power and interface connectionare provided via two backplane connectors, type 15-pin male Sub-D. When there is amalfunction of a fan blower, the Alarm LED will turn red. Under normal operatingconditions, this LED is turned off.

The Fan unit is provided with or without dust filter. The dust filter must be installedonly beneath the lowest fan tray in a configuration. The dust filter can be removedwithout plugging out the fan tray.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 51/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 42

42

Power unit for 7302 FD

Power Filters – 60A (A/B/RET)

BAT A / BAT B

Circuit Breakers (60A)

Splitter Shelf

Circuit Breakers A/B(4A)BAT A 

BAT B

BATRETpower terminal blocks

(35mm2 cable termination)

Lamps•Bat-Available (A/B)

•Alarm

Power Filters – 60A (A/B/RET)

BAT A / BAT B

Circuit Breakers (60A)

Splitter Shelf

Circuit Breakers A/B(4A)BAT A 

BAT B

BATRETpower terminal blocks

(35mm2 cable termination)

Lamps•Bat-Available (A/B)

•Alarm

Power unit for 7302 ISAM FD

EMA-POWER UNIT

The 7302 FD subrack is designed to be used as stand-alone equipment. A top rack unit

(TRU) is not required, as (shelf level) power inlet, distribution and alarming functionsare integrated in the Power unit of the shelf.

The Power and connection area is located at the bottom of the subrack it consists outof a Power unit and some miscellaneous connectors (like Office alarms connector).

The power unit provides housing for power inlet terminals, power filters, circuitbreakers and visual alarm indicators (Lamps).

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 52/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO04 43

43

www.alcatel-lucent.comwww.alcatel-lucent.com

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 53/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 1

NANT-E : High Cap NT

During class please switch off your mobile, pager or other that may interrupt.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 54/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 2

2

Objective

Upon completion of the module you will be able to

Explain why we need a new NT board

Explain for yourself the essential properties of the NANT-E

Give an overview of the different architectural parts of the NANT-E

board

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 55/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 3

3

Table of Contents

1.NT Positioning / Evolution

2.NANT-E Architecture

3.Access Network Topologies

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 56/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 4

4

NT Positioning / Evolution1

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 57/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 5

5

Introducing a new generation

First there was HSI and analogue voice

Then came Triple Play (TP) with IPTV and VoIP

Now we are taking TP to the next level

ISAM

 ASAM

To evolve from a HSI only world and ATM based networks with limited capacities to a Triple

Play world where the three basic services (Data, Voice and Video) are all offered over onenetwork, we redesigned our Access Multiplexer from the ATM based ASAM to the Ethernetbased ISAM. This new design made for future proof Access Multiplexer, with enhancedcapacity (24Gbps/100Gbps/320Gbps.

The further evolution and demand for Triple Play services has triggered the demand to increasecapacity again. At the same time, there is more interest in real ‘All IP’ networks, whichprompted a re-implementation of the existing IP Stack.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 58/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 6

6

The Next Level

High Capacity

• Triple Play: more HD streams

• VoD takes a lot of bandwidth

• VDSL2 and GPON needs to be used to its full potential

Full IP :

• An end-to-end IP Network benefits from one IP Stack

• complete integration with existing and proved IP Stack (IPD)

• Introduction of new technologies in the Access:

o MPLS

o IPv6

In the network architecture of the Triple Play network, all services are delivered in a digital

manner over one Ethernet/IP based network.

After the first generation Triple Play the demand for bandwidth started to increase. IPTVproviders started to use more and more HD streams (as a differentiator towards competitors,more and more people have television sets that are HD capable and there is more and morereal HD content available). Also we see that unicast video streams like VoD take up a lot ofbandwidth on the Access Multiplexer or DSLAM.

To use new technologies like VDSL2, GPON at its full potential, the capacity of the linkbetween the LT and the NT needed to be upgraded. With the new architecture we go from1Gbps towards 10Gbps.

Although we speak of the current End-to-end networks as being IP based, typically the first IPpoint of contact (first router) passed the modem (if running in routed mode, or the end userdevice in the other case) is the Edge Router, since in most cases the DSLAM is used as a L2+device.

Remark: typically for services llike IPTV bridged modems are recommended (since the end userdevice will receive a public IP address from the provider)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 59/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 7

7

Advantage of integrating the IPD L2/L3 protocol stack?

Didn’t we already have a IP stack in NANT-A?

• Yes but not strong enough for the challenges of end-to-end L3 (IP/MPLS)network

By reusing IPD we are able to

• Outperform competition in the L3 IPDSLAM space

• Offer a fully integrated access network solution (ISAM + IPD)

The motivation for providing advanced L3 functionality in ISAM are

mainly

• Scalability of the network (host table in the connected edge router)

• Resilience of the network (fast rerouting)

• Security of the network (IP@ better under control than MAC@)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 60/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 8

8

ISAM and NANT-x SW architecture

IACM (ISAM generic + LT management)

• Full feature parity between NANT-E and NANT-A

• Identical subscriber flow-through provisioning (untouched SNMP, TL1, CLI interfaces)

iHUB (NT forwarding features) – Infrastructure provisioning

• Derived from 7x50 IP technology (high availability, scalability, parity with FTTU)

• iHUB MIB and CLI derived from 7x50 (L2, L3, MPLS, IPv6)

• Basic TL1 support for subscriber’s flow-through provisioning (VLAN-CC)

Common SNMP / CLI / TL1 interface

• Same CLI / TL1 syntax

Dispatcher

iHUB IACM      N      A      N      T   -      E LT

SNMP TL1 CLI

Dispatcher

sHUB IACM      N      A      N      T   -      A LT

SNMP TL1 CLI

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 61/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 9

9

Standard vs. High Capacity NT comparison

Target higher scalability, availability and flexibility

SIP

BITS In/Out & Synch-E

In/Out

High (based on

proven IPD assets)

Yes

High (512 L2+L3)

High (FIB:16K, RIB: 16K)

High (FDB : 128K)

BGP, ISIS, OSPF, RIP

Yes (64 VR)

320 Gbps

4 Gbyte

Quad core

(Perf higher than NANT-D)

NANT-E

SIPH.248, SIPISAM-v support

MAC@ High (FDB : 32K)Medium (FDB : 16K)

BGP, ISIS, OSPF, RIPOSPF, RIPRouting protocols

BITS In/Out & Synch-E

In/OutBITS InSynchronization

100 Gbps24 GbpsThroughput

Yes (64 VR)NoM-VR 

YesNoMPLS / VPLS

Dual core

(4x faster than NANT-A)Single coreProcessing platform

2 Gbyte256 MbyteCPU Memory

Filters

Routes

NANT-DNANT-A

High (based on

proven IPD assets)

Focus on L2 VLAN

based forwardingmodels

Stability / availability

High (256 L2, 512 L3)Low (128 L2, 128 L3)

High (FIB:16K, RIB: 16K)Low (FIB:4K, RIB: 1K)Scalability

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 62/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 10

10

NANT-E Architecture2

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 63/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 11

11

NANT-E key requirements

The NANT-E board …

• … is HiCap-ready i.e. :

– Interoperable with all 2.5Gbps and 10Gbps HiCap LT boards

– Support for 10Gbps uplink

– 320Gbps switching capacity

• … allows the integration of the IPD L2/L3 protocol stack

• … allows multiple synchronization architectures:

– Sync Eth In/Out

– (dual) BITS In/Out

• … is supported for 7302 and 7330 FD ISAM

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 64/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 12

12

7302 ISAM FD Converged platform (with NANT-E) NANT-E, NGLT-A

Line Cards

7302/7330 ISAM

Network Links Backplane Links GPON Links1Gbps or 10Gbps per interface 10Gbps per LT-NT up to 2.5Gbps per port

24 Gb/sswitching

matrix

Network

Termination

Boards

NTB

NTA

LTLT

LTLT

LTLT

LTNGLT

LTLT

LTLT

LT

LTLTNGLT

NTIO

2x10G

NCNC-F

10G uplink10G backplane link

NTIO interfaces

2x10G

or

1x10G + 4x1G

320 Gbpsnon-

blockingswitchingcapacity

NT interfaces

4x10G

NT load sharing

for redundancy

8x10G max*

-----------------

Max capacity

10x10G*

*NT load sharing available in R4.2.02

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 65/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 1313

13

ISAM NANT-E 320 Gbps Controller

High capacity NT for fiber deploymentsFirst AE processor on the market – ready for future application intelligence in AN

• Switching capacity: 320 Gb/s, 640 Gb/s in AA mode

• Active-active mode and loadsharing (20Gbps per LT) and redundancy

• Uplinks: 4 x 1G/2,5G/10G

• BITS and Sync-E clock recovery, high stability clock

• Advanced L3/MPLS forwarding capabilities

• Virtual routers: Multiple

• Enhanced routing protocols: OSPF/RIP/IS-IS/BGP

• Powerful Embedded Application Enablement (AE) processor• Industrial hardened for outdoor deployments

NANT-E Key Features

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 66/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 14

14

NANT-E features (1)

NANT-E supports:

o ISAM Platforms 7302 and 7330 FD

o All FD NTIO

o 10G/2.5G to LTs via backplane

o 10Gbps per LT with GPON LTs (NGLT-A/B), P2P fiber LTs (NELT-B)

Functionality:

o L2 & L3 VLAN & MPLS forwarding functionality derived from NANT-D

o Backwards compatible OSS interface with NANT-D

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 67/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 15

15

NANT-E features (2)

External interfaces:

o 4 Optical SFP+ interfaces, supporting 1G SFP & 10G SFP+ modules

o 1 Electrical RJ45 management/control interface

o 1 CRAFT interface

SFP support

o SFP+ allows for low power, cost efficient 10G modules

o Uplink ports also support 1G and 2.5G SFP modules

Network Timing Reference (NTR) functionality

o Introduction of BITS, Synchronous Ethernet on dedicated varianto NTR IN & OUT interface

– BITS IN & OUT interface for cascading of ISAM systems

– Introduction of NTR Relay on standard NT variant to allow cost efficientmulti-shelf configurations that require Network Synchronization

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 68/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 16

16

Interfaces

BITS out

BITS in

Craft

System LEDs

ACO

Interface LEDs

1 RJ45 (10/100/1000Mbps)

4 SFPs+ (1Gbps, 2.5Gbps,10Gbps)

System LEDs:

PWR (Power): if green, power is present; if this LED is off, the board is not powered

A/S (Active/Standby): if green, this board is the active board; if this LED is off, this is thestandby board in the NT redundancy scheme

ALM (Alarm): if red, alarm conditions exist on the system; if this LED is off, no alarmconditions are present on the system

ACO (Alarm Cut Off): if green, the ACO button was pushed; if this LED is off, no alarmwere cleared

ACO (Alarm Cut Off) button: used to clear the alarms on the system, makes the ALM LED switchoff.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 69/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 17

17

NANT-E 10G Support

NANT-E provides 10Gbps link connectivity

• NANT-E front plate provides 4 SFP+ port

• NCNC-F (R4.1) provides 2 XFP ports

XFP vs. SFP+ technology for 10Gbps support:

• SFP+ is physically compatible with SFP

• SFP+ is 30% smaller then XFP, hence increased port density is possible

• SFP+ has limited power use, hence less potential reach than XFP

• SFP+ ports can be easily upgraded from 1Gbps to 10Gbps

• Industrial Temperature currently only possible with XFP technology

XFP was already introduced on the ISAM 7330 RA, where they are exclusively used as uplinks.

The 10Gbps port on the NT is not a XFP format, but SFP+, which has exactly the samedimensions as the standard SFP, but provides 10Gbps. The differences between XFP and SFP+(which go beyond the dimensions) are mentioned in the slide.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 70/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 18

18

Access Network Topologies3

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 71/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 19

19

Access Network Topologies

Three topologies are defined in Access Networks:

Cascading

Star

Ring

7302/7330 ISAM

 xDSL

7302/7330 ISAM

7302/7330 ISAM

7302/7330 ISAM

 xDSL

Ethernet

DSLAM

EMAN node

N * FE/GigE 

Subtending, the concept where one ISAM is used as a kind of Hub ISAM, collecting the data from

the uplinks of several ISAM (called subtended ISAMs), has become less and less popular due tothe enormous data streams in 7302/7330 ISAM.

With the advent of the NANT-D/NANT-E with the enormous increase in switching capacity(100/320 Gbps), it becomes more realistic to use an ISAM with NANT-D/NANT-E as the hubISAM and subtend several XD or NANT-A ISAMs, even in the event of Triple Play services.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 72/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 20

20

NANT-D/NANT-E used as Hub ISAM

ISAM FD Hubbing concept :

Extend life time of ISAM XD / FTTU CEP

Keep operations at L2+

Compatible with XD / FD NANT-A capabilities

ISAM XD

ISAM FDSub

Centralize high end L3 / MPLS featuresISAM FDHub

Enable L3/MPLSfeatures on Hub +Sub virtual node

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 73/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 21

21

NANT-D/NANT-E used as Hub ISAM

AggregationNetwork

L2(+)

L3MPLS

L2(+)

ISAM FD NANT-D/E

ISAM XD

ISAM FD NANT-A

Virtual L3/MPLS node=

Hub L3 ISAM FD+

Sub L2 XD/FD

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 74/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 22

22

www.alcatel-lucent.comwww.alcatel-lucent.com

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 75/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 1

ONT portfolio

During class please switch off your mobile, pager or other that may interrupt.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 76/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 2

2

Objective

Upon completion of the module you will be able to

list the functions and properties of a generic ONT

describe the nomenclature used for the different ONT families

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 77/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 3

3

Same ONT portfolio for all GPON platforms

7302 ISAM

7330 ISAM FTTN

7342 ISAM FTTU

Data Voice Business Wireless MDU

ALU ONT portfolio Other vendor’s ONT

ALU GPON Platforms

• All new ONT variants are supported on the FD platform

The ODMs currently using our OMCI implementation are: CIG(Cambridge), Xavi and Zyxel.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 78/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 4

4

Subscriber interfaces

ONT

ResidentialGateway 

STB(IP)

l * Ethernet

k * POTS

LAN

TV 

PC

m * Coax

SIP phone

black phone

This conceptual drawing actually only is applicable to residential ONTs only. Formultidwelling applications, one has a couple of VDSL2 and/or Ethernet interfaces.And for business ONTs one has one or two E1 links.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 79/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 5

5

I-series ONTs

Indoor series

• home/residential applications

• indoor use

• MEGACO/SIP capable

• RF video overlay option

Models

• I-220E/I-221E

• I-020E/I-040G

• I-020G/I-020G PoE

• I-240G/I-241G

I-020E

I-241G

I-241G1 Gbit/s

 video

Ethernet

pots

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 80/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 6

6

O-series ONTs

Outdoor series

• home/residential applications

• outdoor use

• temperature hardened

• MEGACO/SIP capable

• locally powered with battery backup

• 12V power feed with UPS

• RF video overlay option

Models

• O-210E/O-211E

• O-420E/O-421E

O-421E100 Mbit/s

 video

Ethernet

pots

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 81/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 7

7

B-series ONTs

Business series

• business/SOHO applications

• outdoor use

• temperature hardened

• MEGACO/SIP capable

• RF video overlay option

• E1 support

Models• B-8102G

• B-8112G

• B-0404G

B-8112G 1 Gbit/s

 video

Ethernet

pots

E1

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 82/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 8

8

MDU-series ONTs (1/2)

MDU series

• multi dwelling applications

• outdoor use

• temperature hardened

• 48V with UPS

• passively cooled

Models

• O-24120V

• O-24121V

O-24121V  VDSL2

 vdsl2

pots

 video

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 83/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 9

9

MDU-series ONTs (2/2)

O-0881V 

MDU series• multi dwelling applications

• outdoor use

• temperature hardened

• 48V with UPS

• passively cooled

 VDSL2

 vdsl2

Ethernet

pots

 video

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 84/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 10

10

Next-gen family of GPON SFU ONTs

o GE at wirespeed

o Multicast across all ports

o HW ready for advanced L2 and L3 features

oFor remote optical power metering

o Up to 30% lower

o Indoor and outdoor versions

o Smart industrial design

o Small size

o Wall-mounting capable (w/o separate mounting bracket)

New System-On-Chip

RSSI enabled

Lower power consumption

New enclosure

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 85/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 11

11

Battery backup option

Uninterruptible power supply

• 220 VAC input

• 12/48 VDC output - low voltage

• eight hour, commercial battery backup

• visual status indicator

• hot swap batteries

Wall mount inside home

• extends battery life

• compact size

• CE certified

Battery status monitored

• battery low

• AC power failure

• battery condition

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 86/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 12

12

www.alcatel-lucent.comwww.alcatel-lucent.com

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 87/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001 – HO07 1

CLI Introduction

During class please switch off your mobile, pager or other that may interrupt.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 88/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001 – HO07 2

Objective

At the end of the module you will be able to

connect ISAM with CLI and manage configuration, database

information as an entry level operator

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 89/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001 – HO07 3

3

Management Strategy

Managed as two separate entities.

• Alcatel xHUB

o Set-up of VLAN (e.g. new ISP)

o Service specific functions performed on xHUB

xHub and IACM contain a separate SNMP agent

Managed as two separate entities.

• ASAM/LT shelf (IACM)

o Rest of the ISAM

o Configuration management of users

o Set-up of VLAN

o Service specific functions performed on IACM

The set-up of a VLAN has to be configured both at xHUB level and at ASAM-CORE level.

On xHUB level: e.g. configuration of a new ISP

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 90/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001 – HO07 4

4

Connecting to the Full CLI on the IACM

Login to the 7302/7330 ISAM Full CLI• Telnet session (both standard and secured, using SSH2)

• Cut Through on AMS

• via Serial interface on ACU or NT

Via RS232 port on AACU or NT

• DCE DB9 interface

• ASCII coding

• 9600 bps

• 8 bits

• no parity

• 1 stop bit

• No flow control

• Parameters are configurable!

CLI:Login: isadminPassword: i$@mad-(to be changed at first time login)

Standard Cut Through uses Telnet protocol

Secure Cut Through uses SSH2 protocol (encryption)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 91/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001 – HO07 5

5

CLI Basic operations (1/4)

Full CLI can be used to configure and manage ISAM equipment

• IACM and xHUB

CLI structure is a tree structure, with the root node being the highestlevel.Directly below the root node you find the command nodes

o Important command nodes are ‘configure’ and ‘show’.

Show a short explanation on what can entered at this position in thecommand..

• Enter ?

o Possible at each position of a command

Show an extensive explanation on the command.

• Enter help

Show configuration

• Enter info

o Shows only the parameters which don’t have the default value.

• Enter info detail

o shows all nodes and all parameters shown.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 92/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001 – HO07 6

6

CLI Basic operations (2/4)

Move cursor left one space• press <left arrow>

Move cursor right one space

• press <right arrow>

Recall previous command

• press <up arrow> or <ctrl>p

Recall successive commands

• press <down arrow> or <ctrl>n

Delete previous input character

• press <backspace>

Delete character under the cursor

• press <delete>.

Toggle between insert and overwrite mode.

• press <insert>.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 93/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001 – HO07 7

7

CLI Basic operations (3/4)

Reset command input processing

• press <ctrl>c.

Auto completion of the command when only entered partially

• Press <Space> or <Tab>

Go one level up

• Enter exit

Go to root prompt

• exit all

Go to the previous level you were at before you entered the last command

• Enter back

Display the last commands entered at the terminal.

• Enter history

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 94/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001 – HO07 8

8

CLI Basic operations (4/4)

Display the structure of configurable nodes and subnodes.

• Enter tree

Filter

• < | match <parameters>

• Possible parameters displayed by entering <?>

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 95/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001 – HO07 9

9

www.alcatel-lucent.comwww.alcatel-lucent.com

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 96/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 1

Turn Up Procedure

During class please switch off your mobile, pager or other that may interrupt.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 97/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 2

Objective

After this section, you’ll be able to:

• Configure and turn-up a new ISAM

• Configure the ISAM’s IP-address

• Configure the network port, management VLAN and interface

• Set-up the SNMP management between 5520AMS and ISAM

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 98/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 3

3

Management communication

IHUB IP@

external MGT   IHUB

Internal

 VLAN 4094

External

 VLAN

Internal management communication

• IC via VLAN4094.

External management

• Mgmt VLAN

IP addresses configurable by operator

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 99/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 4

4

Turn up procedure

Log on to the ISAM for the first time via Full CLI

• Connect via RS232 port on NANT-D/E

DCE RJ45 interface

ASCII coding no parity

9600 bps 1 stop bit

8 bits No flow control

• Choose CLI <C>

• First time login to the Full CLI

Login: isadmin

Password: i$@mad- (first time login)

New password: xxxxx

Confirm new password : xxxxx

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 100/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 5

5

Turn up procedure using an access port: L1/L2 configuration

Network port configuration

configure port nt-a:sfp:1 no shutdown

Basic service configuration

configure service customer 10 description ALUniv-A

Management V-VPLS configuration

configure service vpls  4080 customer 10 v-vpls vlan 4080 no shutdown

configure service vpls  4080 sap nt-a:sfp:1:4080 

Traditionally the management VLAN was 4093, which was the factory default. TheNANT-D has no default management VLAN. In fact the VPLS created is simply aregular VPLS like any other VPLS carrying customer traffic!

For untagged outband management use 0 as vlan tag in the sap, e.g.: sap nt-a:sfp:3:0

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 101/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 6

6

Turn up procedure using an access port: L3 configuration

Management interface configuration

configure service ies  10  customer 10 no shutdown

configure service ies  10  interface mgmt address 172.31.79.187/25

configure service ies  10  interface mgmt sap nt:vp:1:4080 

Default route configuration

configure router static-route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop 172.31.79.129 

Be aware that the management interface is created in the base router and has nospecial status. If it is reachable from somewhere (depending on the VPLS SAPs) youcan log-in to the ISAM, even if the log-in attempt comes through an LT SAP! If you

want to avoid this, you will have to install an IP filter on the interface. It is, by theway, perfectly possible to create multiple management interfaces with different IPaddresses (linked to different VPLSes).

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 102/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 7

7

Alternative: Turn up procedure using a network port (from R4.1 onwards)

Network port configuration

configure port nt-a:sfp:1 ethernet mode network

configure port nt-a:sfp:1 no shutdown

Management interface configuration

configure router interface mgmt address 172.31.79.187/25

configure router interface mgmt port nt-a:sfp:1:4080 

Default route configuration

configure router static-route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop 172.31.79.129 

Traditionally the management VLAN was 4093, which was the factory default. TheNANT-D/E has no default management VLAN.

For untagged management use 0 as vlan tag in the port, e.g.: port nt-a:sfp:1:0

Be aware that if you configure nt-a:sfp:1 as a network port, you will not be able torun v-VPLS services with SAPs (VLAN emulation) over it.

The port can only be used for normal routed traffic and MPLS traffic (which can bebound to VPLS services via SDPs).

If you need both SAPs and SDPs to the same router/switch, you will need twodifferent ports (one in access mode and one in network mode).

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 103/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 8

8

Saving the management configuration

When immediate reboot is needed after turn up

admin save

To also save the management configuration in protected storage

admin software-mngt ihub database save-protected

When re-activation with default db, the management config is restored

admin software-mngt oswp [1…2] activate with-default-db

When re-activation with clear db, no management config is restored

admin software-mngt oswp [1…2] activate clear-db

The IHUB database is automatically saved in the overall database every so many minutes.

Therefore it is not needed to save it explicitly as it will automatically be done. However ifyou’re performing configuration changes to the IHUB and reboot immediately it’s mandatoryto save else you’ll loose some configuration changes.

After re-activation with clear-db, the IHUB config is completely empty as is the protectedstorage.

When no action is taken to save a protected config (e.g. with management config), asubsequent re-activiation with-default-db will also remove management config!

Although the intention of protected storage is to store the management configuration, theoperator is free to store any configuration he sees fit.

The only requirement is that the configuration is first saved in the normal way (admin save).

The save-protected command actually stores a copy of the regularly saved configuration inprotected storage (not the running configuration)!

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 104/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 9

9

The system interface (1)

The base router has a system interface

• It always exists by default and it is a loopback interface (no port)

• It is only reachable from outside through real interfaces (with ports)

• It has no address by default

Its address is used by the IHUB for self-generated traffic

• Routing protocols

• MPLS

• IGMP (by default)

• DHCP relaying

• …

It is however only used when an address is configured!

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 105/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 10

10

The system interface (2)

In case of ping request (ICMP) and SNMP traps (not replies)

• The system interface address is only used when the destination is not on alocal subnet

• If on a local subnet, the local interface address is used as the source address

Hence be careful with AMS configuration behind a router

• Either do not configure a system interface address

• Or make the system interface address routable in the management network

• In the latter case use that address as the NE address in the AMS

Configure the system interface address

configure router interface system address   187.187.187.187/32

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 106/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 11

11

Turn up procedure: SNMP

Make ISAM manageable from the AMS

configure system security snmp community public host-address

<ipaddr/netmaskbits of AMS> context nt ( on ASAM-Core)

configure system security snmp community NETMAN host-address

<ipaddr/netmaskbits of AMS> context ihub ( on IHUB)

Create & supervise the ISAM on the AMS

Before you enter the command “configure system security snmp community NETMANip-addr <ip-addr of AMS>” context ihub, you’ll see that there’s SNMP connectivitytowards the ASAM-CORE but not towards the IHUB (Reachability test).

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 107/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 12

12

Manage NE in AMS 5520

Once turn-up procedure finished you need to manage the ISAM in the AMS(see chapter on AMS Introduction)

Afterwards, some basic decisions need to be taken at this point to avoidunnecessary reboots during operation:

• Whether you are going to use NT-B and NTIO slot as universal slot instead

• REM/SEM configuration if applicable

• SFP direction (up or down), if used for expansion

• QoS basic setting (port of VLAN based, QoS)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 108/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 13

13

www.alcatel-lucent.comwww.alcatel-lucent.com

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 109/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO08 1

Equipment Configuration

During class please switch off your mobile, pager or other that may interrupt.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 110/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO08 2

Objective

At the end of the module you will be able to

prepare ISAM for the services in terms of equipment configuration

• LTs

• NT-B and NT-I/O cards

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 111/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO08 3

3

Prepare the system for accepting HiCAP boards

configure system

max-lt-link-speed

link-speed twodotfive-gb

configure system

security

profile admin

slot-numbering type-based

TL1-style of numbering

logout and login again to actually apply this change

This step is mainly needed for the converged platform when working with NGLT-A/B

and/or NVLT-x board, which are hi-cap boards.

If you forget to adapt the link-speed, so it is still set to one-gb, then you get followingerror when trying to provision the lt-card using cli:

Error : EQPT MGT error 53 : Board type is incompatible with current MaxLtLinkSpeed value

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 112/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO08 4

4

Equipment configuration

the system detects presence of equipment at startup andauto-configures a number of items

• auto configuring of ISAM (no description) , rack, shelf and NT

equipment configuration

• unit configuration

o system, rack, shelf 

• board configuration

o LT’s, appliques

as long as equipment is not planned, it isimpossible to configure/offer services

Equipment configuration

As you will see, 5520AMS doesn’t allow you to accept the boards present in the DSLAM.

However, when you create (plan) a board that is already plugged, the 5520AMSautomatically suggests that type of board.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 113/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO08 5

5

Configuration of extended LT slots

CLI

• configure equipment shelf <rack/shelf> extended-lt-slots

Equipment

Select subrack

With the introduction of the FD shelf, the concept of universal slot can also be applied to

the NT-B and NTIO slot (either both or none). If applied, these slots can be used to insertcards like LT, Splitter, voice cards (e.g. NPOT), …

Changing this setting will trigger a reset of the NT board

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 114/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO08 6

6

Configuration of boards on FD

   L   T   L   T   L   T   L   T   L   T   L   T

   L   T

   L   T   L   T   L   T   L   T   L   T   L   T   L   T   L   T

   L   T

   N   T   A

   N   T   B   /   L   T

   N   T   I   O   /   L   T

PWR

Dust filter

Fan unit

fiber conduct

FD physical slot numbers

• NT-slot - slots 9 &11

• NT I/O - applique 1

• 16 LT-slots

- slots 1 8

- slots 12 19

LT slot number + 3

  s   l  o   t   4

  s   l  o   t   1

  s   l  o   t   2

  s   l  o   t   1   2

  s   l  o   t   1   3

For LT-4:configure slot 1/1/4(= rack 1/shelf 1/slot 4)

For LT-10:configure slot 1/1/13

(= rack 1/shelf 1/slot 13)

Since ISAM release R3.1, three types of slotnumbering are possible:

Type based

Flat numbering per slot type (like in TL-1 and AMS)

The first LT is addressed as in slot 1

Position based

Flat-numbering independent of slot type

Legacy based (default)

Numbering used since the early days

For FD equipment, legacy-based numbering is equal to position-based numbering.

For 7330 ISAM FTTN XD, all types of numbering are different, as you see in the example:

LT1 1/1/5 (position based)

LT1 1/1/4 (legacy based)

LT1 1/1/1 (type based)

configure system security profile admin slot-numbering legacy-based

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 115/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO08 7

7

Configuration of LT and applique boards

LT

• configure equipment slot <rack/shelf/slot>[no] planned-type <Board Type>

applique

• configure equipment applique <rack/shelf/slot>[no] planned-type <Board Type>

Equipment 

subrack

Select slot

Actions

Plan

AMS suggests detected board

To configure an LT with CLI:

configure equipment slot <racknumber/shelfnumber/slotnumber>[no] planned-type <Board Type>Optional parameters

[no] power-down

[no] unlock

Applique:

configure equipment applique <racknumber/shelfnumber/slotnumber>[no] planned-type <Board Type>

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 116/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO08 8

8

Other equipment related commands

unconfigure equipment

• [no] planned-type

lock or unlock equipment

• [no] unlock

power down equipment

• [ no] power-down

equipment  subrack

select slot

Reset   •Lock

•Unlock

Unplan

to power down the board

use the object details view

Actions

Unconfigure equipment

Can be rejected due to hierarchical dependency

Configure equipment shelf/slot/applique <index>no planned-type

Lock or Unlock equipment

Configure equipment shelf/slot/applique <index>[no] unlock

Power down equipment

Configure equipment shelf/slot/applique <index>[ no] power-down

The commands to delete, reset or lock/unlock can be found in the menu when you rightclick on the board either in the element tree or in the graphical view.

If you want to power down the board, you have to go the object detail view and selectpower state power down.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 117/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO08 9

9

Subrack view icons

no icon

plugged type = planned type

not planned

equipment missing

board mismatch

operational state: disabled

operational state: enabled

If you are familiar with 5523 AWS, you may notice the difference that a plugged board that

is not planned already appears in white color.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 118/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO08 10

10

Retrieval of equipment information

view the status

• show equipment

o isam (detail)

o rack (detail)

o shelf (detail)

o slot/applique (detail)

o e.g. show equipment slot/applique 1/1/5

verify the configuration

• info configure equipment ...

• configure>equipment> ... > info detail

equipment

select object:

• rack

• subrack

• slot

object details view

Using 5520 AMS, you can navigate to the object (rack, subrack or slot) either in the

element tree or in the graphical view. The details of the selected object automaticallyappear in the object details view.

In 7302 ISAM, there can only be 1 shelf per ISAM.For XD, the shelf type is ALTS-T; for FD, it is NFXS-A.Class is “main-ethernet”

In 7330 ISAM, there can be other racks and shelves. This is for the expansion modules(e.g. 7354 ISAM FTTB RU, 7356 ISAM FTTB REM, 7357 ISAM FTTB SEM)

Instead of the retrieval command “configure <…> info (detail)”,you can issue the command “info configure <…>”

Verify the configuration

Info configure equipment isam / rack / shelf / slot / applique

Configure>equipment> ...

Info detail (Verifies the configuration of all slots in one command)

Isam# info (detail)

Rack Racknumber# info (detail)

Shelf Racknumber/shelfnumber# info (detail)

slot/applique Racknumber/shelfnumber/phys slot# info (detail)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 119/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03001-HO08 11

11

www.alcatel-lucent.comwww.alcatel-lucent.com

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 120/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 1

IHUB Basic Concepts and

Configuration

During class please switch off your mobile, pager or other that may interrupt.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 121/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 2

Objective

At the end of this chapter you will be able to:

Give an overview of IHUB concepts

Explain what a VPN service is

Explain what kind of services are supported on the new software

Give an overview of the supported forwarding models

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 122/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 3

3

Introduction1

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 123/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 4

4

IHUB Object Model

Base Router: To be able to provide dedicated connection for different

customers and services, the base router will provide the ground

connectivity towards service provider network and customer/service

traffic will be carried on top of it.

Customer Connectivity

(Services)

Control Plane

(Base Router)

Connectivity Design

Base Router

(Routing / MPLSInfrastructure)

Services &Management

Derived from 7750 SROS object model

Service centric model

Forwarding plane = service + interfaces

Service = a forwarding instance that delivers connectivity for the customers of thisservice

All parameters configured through the service (incl. protocols like IGMP, DHCP, …

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 124/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 5

5

Customer ?

Provider

 VPN 1

Customer1 - Branch 1

 VPN 2

Customer1- Branch 2

Customer1- Branch 3

Customer2– Branch 1

Customer2

– Branch 3

Customer2– Branch 2

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 125/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 6

6

Services - overview

VPN services

Layer 2 Layer 3

VLL (E-PIPE) VPLS VPRNv-

IES

Services

Layer 1

Customer = a Virtual Private Network service can be allocated to a specific customer

VLL is only available from R4.1 onwards

Full VPLS (MPLS enabled) is only available from R4.1 onwards

In R3.7.10/R4.0.02 only a v-VPLS is available (see further on)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 126/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 7

7

Internet Enhanced Service or IES:

Provides direct internet access

for the customer and The Service

provider can apply all billing,

ingress/egress shaping and

policing to the customer.

Internet Enhanced Service (IES)

Service ProviderNetwork

Company A

Company C

Company B

PE A

PE C

PE B

Internet

An Internet Enhanced Service (IES) is a routed connectivity service where the subscribercommunicates with an IP (Layer 3) router interface to send and receive Internet traffic.

The PE devices buffer service traffic and shape it to conform to SLA parameters. Bufferallocation is programmable per-service to accommodate different maximum burst sizes(MBS). Each service can use multiple queues to enable shaping, policing and marking ofdifferent flows. The PE device can also shape and police on service egress so customers canpurchase sub-rate services (e.g. Internet services) with asymmetric SLAs.

Characteristics

Service Access Points (SAP) are the customer access to the subscriber’s network. Interface supports RIP, OSPF, IS-IS, and BGP protocols.

QoS and filter policies can be applied.

Does not require a Service Distribution Path (SDP); traffic is routed rather than beingencapsulated in a tunnel.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 127/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 8

8

What is VPN ?

Virtual:

• No need for a separate physical network

• Resource sharing

Private:• Separate customer traffic (virtual) = security

• Reuse address space

Network:

• connect multiple sites (global networking)

Network 

Office A 

Office B

Office C

 VPN

 VPN = Virtual PrivateNetwork 

 A VPN uses an existingnetwork (e.g. Internet) tobuild a reliable (virtual)

 WAN for a customer

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 128/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 9

9

3 ways to implement VPN

L1 VPN:Virtual Leased Line Service – VLLS

L2 VPN:Virtual Private Lan Service – VPLS

L3 VPN:Virtual Private Routing Network - VPRN

Provider

Corp1a Corp1b

Corp1c

L1 VPN

ProviderCorp1b

Corp1c

Corp1a

L2VPN

Provider

L3VPN

Office-bOffice-a

Office-c

   T   h

  e  s  e   3  m  o   d  e   l  s  c  a  n   b  e  c  o  m   b   i  n  e   d

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 129/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 10

10

L1 VPN: Virtual Leased Line Service – VLLS

QoS : customer can use fullbandwidth of the leased line

Transport of any protocol

Security : in case of P2P physical connection

Advantages:Prov ider

Corp1a Corp1b

Corp1c

L1 VPN

Complex topology if sites are added due to the mesh : N2 problem

Disadvantages:

Point-to-point

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 130/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 11

11

L2 VPN: Virtual Private LAN Service – VPLS

Bridging is plug and play (self learning)

Can transport any protocol

• Possibility to interconnect any(proprietary) L3 network

Customer L3 networks are transparent to provider (privacy)

Advantages:

No possibility to outsource “higher layers” (routing, firewall, …)

Customer must invest in own IT knowledge : run their own Layer 3 networks

Scalability problem (solutions exist like Hierarchical-VPLS)

Disadvantages:

Provider

Corp1b

Corp1c

Corp1a

L2VPN

Multipoint service

Emulates bridged L2 network

Behaves like one large LAN “Acts as giant switch”

VPLS is a class of VPN that allows the connection of multiple sites in a single bridged domain

over a provider managed IP/MPLS network

From the customer’s perspective it looks as if all sites are connected to a single switchedVLAN

Service provider can reuse the Ethernet/MPLS infrastructure to offer multiple services

The Service provider can apply billing, ingress/egress shaping and policing

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 131/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 12

12

L3 VPN: Virtual Private Routing Network - VPRN

Scalability

Outsourcing of routing to service provider

• This includes firewalling, filtering, …

• Example: interconnect offices and all traffic

must pass through main office

Advantages:

Provider

L3VPN

Office-b

Office-a

Mainoffice

“Acts as one

large router”

Layer 3 solution

Interconnect sites any-to-any

VPRN is a class of VPN that allows the connection of multiple sites in a routed domain over a

provider managed IP/MPLS network:

From the customer’s perspective it looks like all sites are connected to a private routednetwork administered by the service provider for that customer only.

The service provider can reuse the IP/MPLS infrastructure to offer multiple services.

Each VPRN appears like an additional routing instance, routes for a service between thevarious PE’s are exchanged using MP-BGP

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 132/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 13

13

CUSTOMER 2

Service Access Point (SAP) and Service Distribution Path (SDP)

SAP Identifiers:

• physical Ethernet port

• expected VLAN ID

Service1

CUSTOMER 1

I-HUB

Service2

IP / MPLSNetwork

SAP

SAP

SAP

SDP

Service Access Point (SAP)

A SAP is a logical entity that serves as the customer’s point of access into a service. Eachsubscriber service is configured with at least one SAP. A SAP can only be configured on a portthat has been configured as an access port. The default configuration for a port is network,which means that you may need to reconfigure a port before you can configure a SAP on it.SAPs for IES and VPRN services are configured on IP interfaces.As such, by using a different IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tag:

An Ethernet port can have more than one SAP defined on it

A customer can access multiple services via the same Ethernet port

Service Distribution Path (SDP)A SDP acts as a logical way of directing traffic from one router to another through a uni-

directional service tunnel. An SDP originating on one node terminates at a destination node,which then directs incoming packets to the correct service egress SAPs on that node. A multi-node service needs at least one SAP and one SDP on each node. For a service to be bi-directional, a SDP must be provisioned on each node participating in the service.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 133/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 14

14

SAP Considerations

Consider the following when configuring a SAP:

• All SAPs must be explicitly created (no default SAPs)

• A SAP is locally unique, in other words the same SAP ID value may be used on

another device

• A SAP is associated with a single service and can only be configured on an

access port

• A port can have more than one SAP configured on it

• VLAN IDs have local significance.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 134/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 15

15

SDP Considerations

Consider the following when configuring a SDP:

• SDPs are locally unique; the same SDP ID can be used on another device

• SDP is not specific to one service; many services can use the same SDP

• All services bound to an SDP must use the same type of encapsulation (GRE,

MPLS, or LDP)

• Operations on an SDP will affect all services that are bound to that SDP

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 135/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 16

16

Basic concepts: Virtual Port

IP interface on VPLS is not supported by IPD

Solution: IP interfaces are associated with v-VPLS via “virtual port”

   V   i  r   t  u  a   l  p  o  r   t

IPD L2

IPD L3VPRN

SAP SAP

IPIP

v-VPLSSAP

SAP

SAP

SAP

v-VPLS

The virtual port is visible on the VPRN, but not on the v-VPLS

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 136/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 17

17

New port numbering

In ISAM a new slot-based port numbering scheme was introduced:

• Since the NANT-D board supports both SFP and SPF+/XFP ports

• In ISAM R3.6 already supported for the Remote Aggregator

The network port reference:

<slot>:< port-type>:< port>

• <slot > : one of nt, nt-a, nt-b, ntio-1 or ntio-2

• <por t -t ype > : one of sfp or xfp

• <p o r t  > : the port number as displayed on the faceplate

Internal (LT) ports are still referred to as:

lt:<r a c k  >/<shelf   >/<slot >

Why 3 NT slot designations?

Nt-a and nt-b because the IHUB works in Active-Active mode and so the ports on the twoNT boards can be used (and configured) at the same time (e.g. loadsharing).

Nt only because of the virtual port (see further) which is distributed over both NTs.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 137/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 18

18

Physical Ports - category

From ISAM R4.0.02 a new category attribute is introduced per physical port to drive:

• Secure MAC address learning / MAC movement

• User-to-user communication

The port category can be:

• regular = previous network port type

• residential = previous LT , subtending and user port type

The following rules for MAC movement & user-to-user communication apply:

Disabled

Enabled

Enabled

Disabled

MAC movement

Enabled (including broadcast and multicast

flooding)

RegularResidential

Residential

Regular

Residential

To

Enabled (including broadcast and multicast

flooding)

Regular

Enabled (including broadcast and multicast

flooding)

Regular

DisabledResidential

User-to-user communicationFrom

Note: User-to-user communication can be enabled per V-VPLS instance (required

for ISAM-V).

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 138/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 19

19

Physical Ports - mode

From ISAM R4.1 ports have a configurable mode:

• access

o Only SAPs (L2/L3) can be created on top of such ports

o No native router interfaces

• network

o Native router interfaces can be created on top of such ports

o Hence SDPs can use these interfaces to tunnel MPLS packets

o No SAPs allowed

In ISAM R4.1 ports can only be in one mode at the same time.

So when VLAN based services and MPLS based services are needed to the same router/switch,two different physical ports (with separate cabling) to the same device will have to be used.

From ISAM R4.3 (which will integrate SROS Release 8) a hybrid port mode will be configurable,allowing both SAPs and SDPs over the same physical port.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 139/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 20

20

Configuring IHUB ports

 VP is created by the system,

parameters are read-only 

oPort 1 : Virtual Port

oPort 2 : SFP 1 on NT-A

oPort 3 : SFP 2 on NT-AoPort 4 : SFP 3 on NT-A

oPort 5 : XFP 1 on NT-A

oPort 6 : SFP 1 on NT-B

oPort 7 : SFP 2 on NT-B

oPort 8 : SFP 3 on NT-B

oPort 9 : XFP 1 on NT-B

oPort 10-17 : LT cards (7330)

oPort 10-25 : LT cards (7302)oPort 20-31 : NTIO SFPs (7330 with NCNC-C)

oPort 20-33 : NTIO SFPs (7330 with NCNC-E)

oPort 28-33 : NTIO SFPs (7302 with NCNC-B/D)

Contrary to the situation with NANT-A, the SFPs and XFP on the two NT cards (NT-A and NT-B)

both occupy different ports of the IHUB. This is done to allow load sharing between the twoNTs in the near future.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 140/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 21

21

Configuring customer

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 141/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 22

22

www.alcatel-lucent.comwww.alcatel-lucent.com

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 142/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 1

PON

Passive Optical Networking

During class please switch off your mobile, pager or other that may interrupt.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 143/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 2

Objective

At the end of the course, you’ll be able to …

understand how fibers work, and explain which components are used in an

optical relay system

• internal reflection, transmitter, amplifier, receiver, splitter, …

explain the basic properties of a passive optical network

describe the functions of the components present in a PON based network

correctly use basic PON terminology

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 144/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 3

3

Table of Contents

Optical fiber fundamentals

PON standardisation

GPON fundamentals

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 145/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 4

4

Optical Fiber Fundamentals1

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 146/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 5

5

Advantages of fiber

Extremely high bandwidth

Smaller-diameter, lighter-weight cables

Lack of crosstalk between parallel fibers

Immunity to inductive interference

High-quality transmission

Low installation and operating costs

Extremely high bandwidth

Fiber today has bandwidth capability theoretically in excess of 10Ghz and attenuations less than 0.3 dbfor a kilometer of fiber.

The limits on transmission speed and distance today lies largely with the laser, receiver and multiplexingelectronics.

With the future advent of stable narrow line single-mode lasers and coherent optics, 10 to 100 Gb/stransmission is possible.

Smaller diameter – lighter weight cables

Even when fibers are covered with protective coatings, they still are much smaller and lighter thanequivalent copper cables.

Negligible crosstalk

In conventional circuits, signals often stray from one circuit to another, resulting in other calls beingheard in the background. This crosstalk is negligible with fiber optics even when numerous fibers are

cabled together.Immunity to inductive interference

Fiber optic cables are immune to interference caused by lightning, nearby electric motors, relays, anddozens of other electrical noise generators that induce problems on copper cables unless shielded andfiltered.

High quality transmission

Fiber routinely provides communications quality orders of magnitude better than copper or microwave,this as a result of the noise immunity of the fiber transmission path. (BER: 10-9 – 10-11 for fiber, 10-5 –10-7 for copper or microwave)

Low installation and operating costs

Low loss increases repeater spacing, therefore reducing the cost of capital in the outside plant. Theelimination (or reduction) of repeaters reduces maintenance, power and operating expenses.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 147/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 6

6

Optical fiber structure

core

• thin glass center of the fiber where the light travels

cladding

• outer optical material surrounding the core that reflects the light back into

the core

coating

• plastic coating that protects the fiber from damage and moisture

If you look closely at a single optical fiber, you will see that it has the following parts:

a. core - thin glass center of the fiber where the light travels

b. cladding - outer optical material surrounding the core that reflects the light back into thecore

c. coating - plastic coating that protects the fiber from damage (abrasion, crushing,chemicals, …) and moisture

Hundreds or thousands of these optical fibers are arranged in bundles in optical cables. Thebundles are protected by the cable's outer covering, called a jacket.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 148/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 7

7

Optical fiber classification

glass

• glass core – glass cladding

• lowest attenuation

• most widely used

plastic

• plastic core – plastic cladding

• highest attenuation

• pioneered for use in automotive industry

plastic-clad silica

• glass core – plastic cladding

• intermediate attenuation

In almost all cases (for telecommunication fibers) the core and the cladding are made of silica

glass (SiO2 )

---

Fiber optics can be defined as that branch of optics that deals with communication bytransmission of light through ultrapure fibers of glass or plastic. It has become the mainstayor major interest in the world of electro-optics, the blending of the technology of optics andelectronics.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 149/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 8

8

Optical fiber types

G.651 – MMF – Multi-mode fiber

• large(r) core: 50-62.5 microns in diameter

• transmit infrared light (wavelength = 850 to 1,300 nm)

• light-emitting diodes

G.652 – SMF – Single mode fiber

• small core: 8-10 microns in diameter

• transmit laser light (wavelength = 1,200 to 1,600 nm)

• laser diodes

8 – 62.5 um125 um

CladdingCore

Coating

245 um

The glass used in a fiber-optic cable is ultra-pure, ultra-transparent, silicon dioxide, or fused

quartz. During the glass fiber-optic cable fabrication process, impurities are purposely addedto the pure glass to obtain the desired indices of refraction needed to guide light.

Germanium, titanium, or phosphorous is added to increase the index of refraction.

Boron or fluorine is added to decrease the index of refraction.

Other impurities might somehow remain in the glass cable after fabrication. These residualimpurities can increase the attenuation by either scattering or absorbing light.

---

For data center premise cables, the jacket color depends on the fiber type in the cable. Forcables containing SMFs, the jacket color is typically yellow, whereas for cables containing

MMFs, the jacket color is typically orange. For outside plant cables, the standard jacket coloris typically black.

---

Single mode fibers are the most prominently used type in telecommunication applications.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 150/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 9

9

Total internal reflection

Concept

• light travels through the core constantly bouncing from the cladding

Distance

• a light wave can travel great distances because the cladding does not

absorb light from the core

Signal degradation

• mostly due to impurities in the glass

core

cladding

acceptancecone

The light in a multi-mode fiber-optic cable travels through the core by constantly bouncing from the cladding

(mirror-lined walls), a principle called total internal reflection. Because the cladding does not absorb any lightfrom the core, the light wave can travel great distances. However, some of the light signal degrades within thefiber, mostly due to impurities in the glass. The extent that the signal degrades depends on the purity of theglass and the wavelength of the transmitted light (for example, 850 nm = 60 to 75 percent/km; 1,300 nm = 50 to60 percent/km; 1,550 nm is greater than 50 percent/km). Some premium optical fibers show much less signaldegradation -- less than 10 percent/km at 1,550 nm.

For single-mode fiber, the fiber operates as a waveguide.

---

Attenuation is principally caused by two physical effects: absorption and scattering.

Absorption removes signal energy in the interaction between the propagating light (photons) and molecules inthe core.

Scattering redirects light out of the core to the cladding.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 151/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 10

10

The world of wavelengths

• Light is transported as a wave.

o The length of the wave determines the type of light (infrared, ultraviolet, …)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 152/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 11

11

Attenuation as function of wavelength

0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.8

Wavelength (microns)

1.7

2.0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

   A   t   t  e  n  u  a   t   i  o  n   (   d   B   /   K  m   )

0,85 µband

1,30 µband

1,55 µband

0.0

The transmission loss or attenuation of an optical fiber is perhaps the most important characteristic of the

fiber, as it generally is the determining factor as to repeater spacing, and

the type of optical transmitter and receiver to be used.

The attenuation of light through glass depends on the wavelength of the light. For the kind of glass used infibers, the attenuation is shown in decibels per linear kilometer of fiber. The figure shows the near infraredpart of the spectrum, which is used in practice. Visible light has slightly shorter wavelengths, from 0.4 to 0.7microns (1 micron is 10-6 meters).

Three wavelengths bands are used for communication. They are centered at 0.85, 1.30 and 1.55 microns,respectively. The latter two have good attenuation properties (less than 5 percent loss per kilometer).

The 0.85 micron band has higher attenuation, but the nice property that at that wavelength, the lasers andelectronics can be made from the same material (gallium arsenide). All the three bands are 25,000 to 30,000GHz wide.

Typical low loss fibers have attenuations of between 0.3 to 3dB/km. Contrast this attenuation with the ones for

coaxial cable!! For fibers and coaxial cables alike, the losses are a function of the frequency of the signalcarrier. Coax attenuation varies as the square of frequency with signal carriers in the DC to hundreds ofmegahertz range.

With fiber, the usable carrier frequency (band of low attenuation) is in the terahertz range, and therefore wedesignate optical carrier frequency in terms of its wavelength. Attenuation is therefore specified at certainwavelengths rather then at certain frequencies.

The most common impurity is the hydroxyl (-OH) molecule, which remains as a residue despite stringentmanufacturing techniques. These radicals result from the presence of water remnants that enter the fiber-opticcable material through either a chemical reaction in the manufacturing process or as humidity in theenvironment.

Recent advances in manufacturing have overcome the 1380-nm water peak and have resulted in zero-water-peak fiber (ZWPF).

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 153/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 12

12

Hit me baby one more time

• Atoms have a core with circling electrons

o What happens when a light photon bumps into an electron ?

Electron is disturbed but falls back ontoit’s original level : energy is released

into a certain direction= scattering

Electron is disturbed and reaches ahigher energy level : energy is lost

= absorption

ray of light

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 154/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 13

13

Fiber optic relay system

Optical transmitter

• produces and encodes the light signal Optical amplifier

• may be necessary to boost the light signal (for long distances)

Optical receiver

• receives and decodes the light signal

Optical fiber

• conducts the light signals over a distance

Tx Rx   Amplifier

Electrical ElectricalOptical Optical

The basic function of an optical fiber relay system (or optical fiber link) is to transport a signal from some piece

of electronic equipment (e.g., a computer, telephone or video device) at one location to correspondingequipment at another location with a high degree of reliability and accuracy.

Of course the optical fiber is one of the most important elements in an optical link. A variety of fiber typesexist, and there are many different cable configurations, depending on whether the cable is to be installedinside a building, in underground pipes, outside on poles, or under water.

---

Basically, a fiber-optic system simply converts an electrical signal to an (infrared) light signal, launches ortransmits this light signal onto an optical fiber, and then captures the signal on the other end, where itreconverts it to an electrical signal.

Even though miniature or tiny light sources and detectors are in use, optical fibers are so small that specialconnectors must be used to couple the light from the source to the fiber and from the fiber to the detector.The optical fiber provides a low-loss path for the light to follow from the light source to the light detector. In a

sense it is a waveguide that carries optical energy.When the link becomes too long, the fiber will attenuate the lightwaves traveling down it so that the lightwavescannot be distinguished from noise. Today the range goes to tens of kilometers before amplification isnecessary.

Even with the highest-intensity light sources and the lowest-loss fibers, the lightwaves finally become so weakor dim from absorption and scattering that they must be regenerated. At this point a repeater must be placedin the circuit. This device consists of a light receiver, pulse amplifier and regenerator and a light source.Together they rebuild the pulses to their former level and send them on their way.

---

Not covered here, but other components one might find in a fiber optic relay system are passive and/or activedevices, and connectors and splitters.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 155/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 14

14

Transceiver

Definition:

• a transmitter and a receiverin a single housing

Practical implementation:

• transceivers typically come as SFP

• Small-Form-factor Pluggable unit

Rx 

Tx 

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 156/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 15

15

Lightwave modulation

digital

• light intensity does change in an on/off fashion

• NRZ - non return to zero

0 - weak optical signal

1 - strong optical signal

analog

• light intensity changes continuously

Two types of lightwave modulation are possible: analog or digital. In analog modulation, the

intensity of the light beam from the laser or LED is varied continuously. That is, the lightsource emits a continuous beam of varying intensity.

In digital modulation, conversely, the intensity is changed impulsively, in an of/off fashion.The light flashes on and off at an extremely fast rate. In the most typical system – pulse-codemodulation PCM – the analog input signals are sampled for wave height. For voice signals thisusually at a rate of 8000 times a second. Each wave height is then assigned an 8-bit binarynumber that is transmitted in a series of individual time slots or slices to the light source. Intransmitting this binary number, a 1 can be represented as a pulse of light and a 0 by theabsence of light in a specific time slice.

Digital modulation is far more popular, as it allows greater transmission distances with the

same power than analog modulation.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 157/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 16

16

Fiber interconnections

interconnect fibers in a low-loss manner

• is a permanent bond needed ? – splice !

• is an easily demountable connection desired ? – connector !

Terminal A Terminal B

permanent joint

demountable joint

SPLICE

CONNECTOR 

0.3 dB0.3 dB

0.1 dB 0.1 dB 0.1 dB 0.1 dB 0.1 dB

A significant factor in any fiber optic system installation is the requirement to interconnect

fibers in a low-loss manner. These interconnections occur at the optical source, at thephotodetector, at intermediate points within a cable where two fibers join, and atintermediate points in a link where two cables are connected. The particular techniqueselected for joining the fibers depends on whether a permanent bond or an easilydemountable connection is desired. A permanent bond (usually within a cable) is referred toas a splice, whereas a demountable joint at the end of a cable is known as a connector.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 158/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 17

17

Joining fibers – Fiber alignment

bad alignment

• cores are not centered

• big power loss

good alignment

• cores are centered

• small power loss

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 159/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 18

18

angular physical contact

• some back reflection

• (small) return loss

straight physical contact

• lots of back reflection

• (big) return loss

Joining fibers – Fiber orientation

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 160/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 19

19

Joining fibers – Connectors

properties

• good alignment/correct orientation

• present at the termination point of the fiber

• always introduce some loss

connector types

• amount of mating cycles

• LC, FC, SC, …

color code

• APC – green• PC – blue

Theoretical loss:

0.3 dB

Shouldn’t be mixed

SPC – Straight-Polished Connector

APC – Angle-Polished Connector

UPC – Ultra-Polished Connector

Fiber connectors …

are used when two ends need to be joined and unjoined repeatedly

two fibers, or a fiber and an electro-optical source or detector,

at fiber terminal equipment, optical patch panels, fiber couplers, …

present at the transmitter and receiver interface as a minimum

---

LC connectors are used with single-mode and multimode fiber-optic cables. The LC connectors are constructedwith a plastic housing and provide for accurate alignment via their ceramic ferrules. LC connectors have alocking tab. LC connectors are rated for 500 mating cycles.

FC connectors are used for single-mode and multimode fiber-optic cables. FC connectors offer extremelyprecise positioning of the fiber-optic cable with respect to the transmitter's optical source emitter and thereceiver's optical detector. FC connectors feature a position locatable notch and a threaded receptacle. Theyhave ceramic ferrules and are rated for 500 mating cycles.

SC connectors are used with single-mode and multimode fiber-optic cables. They offer low cost, simplicity, anddurability. SC connectors provide for accurate alignment via their ceramic ferrules. An SC connector is a push-on, pull-off connector with a locking tab. Typical matched SC connectors are rated for 1000 mating cycles.

The ST connector is a keyed bayonet connector and is used for both multimode and single-mode fiber-opticcables. It can be inserted into and removed from a fiber-optic cable both quickly and easily. Method of locationis also easy. ST connectors come in two versions: ST and ST-II. These are keyed and spring-loaded. They are

push-in and twist types. ST connectors are constructed with a metal housing and are nickel-plated. They haveceramic ferrules and are rated for 500 mating cycles.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 161/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 20

20

Joining fibers – Splices

mechanical splicing

• aligning and orienting the fibers,

• then clamp the fibers in place

fusion splicing

• aligning and orienting the fibers,

• then fuse (melt) the fibers

• using an electric arc

typical case used to enclosefiber optic splices in an

outside plant environment

Theoretical loss:

0.1 dB

Mechanical splices just lay the two carefully cut ends next to each other on a special sleeve and clamp them in

place. Alignment can be improved by passing light through the junction and then making small adjustments tomaximize the signal. Mechanical splices take trained personnel about 5 minutes, and result in a 10 percentlight loss.

Two pieces of fiber can be fused (melted) to form a solid connection. A fusion splice is almost as good as asingle drawn fiber, but even here, a small amount of attenuation occurs. For both kinds of splices, reflectionscan occur at the point of the splice, and the reflected energy can interfere with the signal.

---

Fiber-optic cables might have to be spliced together for a number of reasons—for example, to realize a link of aparticular length. Another reason might involve backhoe fade, in which case a fiber-optic cable might havebeen ripped apart due to trenching work. The network installer might have in his inventory several fiber-opticcables, but none long enough to satisfy the required link length. Situations such as this often arise becausecable manufacturers offer cables in limited lengths—usually 1 to 6 km. A link of 10 km can be installed bysplicing several fiber-optic cables together. The installer can then satisfy the distance requirement and avoidbuying a new fiber-optic cable. Splices might be required at building entrances, wiring closets, couplers, andliterally any intermediate point between a transmitter and receiver.

Connecting two fiber-optic cables requires precise alignment of the mated fiber cores or spots in a single-modefiber-optic cable. This is required so that nearly all the light is coupled from one fiber-optic cable across ajunction to the other fiber-optic cable. Actual contact between the fiber-optic cables is not even mandatory.

There are two principal types of splices: fusion and mechanical. Fusion splices use an electric arc to weld twofiber-optic cables together. The process of fusion splicing involves using localized heat to melt or fuse the endsof two optical fibers together. The splicing process begins by preparing each fiber end for fusion. Fusion splicingrequires that all protective coatings be removed from the ends of each fiber. The fiber is then cleaved using thescore-and-break method. The quality of each fiber end is inspected using a microscope. In fusion splicing, spliceloss is a direct function of the angles and quality of the two fiber-end faces.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 162/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 21

21

Optical power splitters

optical splitters …

• typically divide an optical signal …from a single input

into multiple (e.g. two) identical output signals

• and generally provide

a small optical loss

to the signal passed through it

λ 1

λ 1

λ 1

λ 2

λ 2

λ 3

λ 3

3,5 dB

insertion loss

1 -> 4, 1 -> 8 : planar splitter

---

Passive splitters are made by twisting and heating several optical fibers until the poweroutput is evenly distributed.

---

Splitter loss depends on the split ratio and is theoretically 3 dB for a 1:2 splitter (since wesplit the budget in two), increasing by 3 dB each time the number of outputs is doubled.

A 1:32 splitter has a splitter loss of at least 15 dB. This loss is seen for both downstream andupstream signals.

In reality we see a loss of around 3,5dB per 1:2 splitter. So a 1:32 splitter will be around17,5dB.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 163/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 22

22

Optical wavelength splitters

wavelength division multiplexing …

• enables the combining of …o multiple wavelengths (e.g. two)

o into one single fiber

depending on the design, an optical wavelength splitter …

• typically provides …

o a small to medium loss

o to the signals passed through it

0.3 dB loss

λ 1

λ 2λ 1

λ 2

insertion loss

Optical Wavelength Splitting = kind of FDM, but in optics … and is most typically called WDM:

Wavelength Division Multiplexing

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 164/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 23

23

PON benefits

purely passive fiber plant

• low maintenance costs and high reliability

shares feeder fiber over multiple users

• less fibers needed, less ports needed at CO

fiber is virtually not limiting the bandwidth

• much higher bandwidth x distance than copper networks

fiber’s bandwidth can be further exploited by WDM or equipment

upgrade

• installed fiber infrastructure is future-proof 

PON offers bundled services over a single fiber

• triple play – voice / data / video

Most networks in the telecommunications networks of today are based on active components

at the serving office exchange and termination points at the customer premises as well as inthe repeaters, relays and other devices in the transmission path between the exchange andthe customer. By active components, we mean devices which require power of some sort,and are generally comprised of processors, memory chips or other devices which are activeand processing information in the transmission path.

With Passive Optical Networks, all active components between the central office exchangeand the customer premises are eliminated, and passive optical components are put into thenetwork to guide traffic based on splitting the power of optical wavelengths to endpointsalong the way. This replacement of active with passive components provides a cost-savingsto the service provider by eliminating the need to power and service active components inthe transmission loop. The passive splitters or couplers are merely devices working to pass or

restrict light, and as such, have no power or processing requirements and have virtuallyunlimited Mean Time Between Failures (MTBF) thereby lowering overall maintenance costs forthe service provider.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 165/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 24

24

PON deployment scenarios – FTTx

OLT

Network

ONUADSL ( < 6 KM )

< 8 Mbit/s

FTTEx

ONU

ADSL/VDSL ( < 1 KM )

< 26 Mbit/s

FTTCab

VDSL ( < 300 M )

< 52 Mbit/s

FTTC

ONT

FTTH/B

Central Office

XNT

XNT

XNT

ONU

A Passive Optical Network (PON) consists of an optical line terminator (OLT) located at the Central Office (CO) and a set of associatedoptical network terminals (ONTs) located at the customer’s premise. Between them lies the optical distribution network (ODN) comprised offibers and passive splitters or couplers.

In a PON network, a single piece of fiber can be run from the serving exchange out to a subdivision or office park, and then individual fiberstrands to each building or serving equipment can be split from the main fiber using passive splitters / couplers. This allows for anexpensive piece of fiber cable from the exchange to the customer to be shared amongst many customers thereby dramatically lowering theoverall costs of deployment for fiber to the business (FTTB) or fiber to the home (FTTH) applications. The alternative is to run individualfiber or copper strands from exchange to customer premises, which results in much higher serving costs per customer.

---

The application of PON technology for providing broadband connectivity in the access network to homes, multiple-occupancy units, andsmall businesses commonly is called fiber-to-the-x. This application is given the designation FTTx. Here x is a letter indicating how closethe fiber endpoint comes to the actual user. This is illustrated in the drawing above. Among the acronyms used in the technical andcommercial literature are the following:

FTTB – fiber-to-the-business, refers to the deployment of optical fiber from a central office switch directly into an enterprise.

FTTC – fiber-to-the-curb, describes running optical fiber cables from central office equipment to a communication switch locatedwithin 1000 ft (about 300m) of a home or enterprise. Coaxial cable, twisted pair copper wires (e.g. for DSL), or some othertransmission medium is used to connect the curbside equipment to customers in a building.

FTTH – fiber-to-the-home, refers to the deployment of optical fiber from a central office environment directly into a home. Thedifference between FTTB and FTTH is that typically, business demand larger bandwidths over greater part of the day than do homeusers. As a result, a network service provider can collect more revenues from FTTB networks and thus recover the installation costssooner than for FTTH networks.

FTTO – fiber-to-the-office, is analogous to FTTB in that an optical path is provided al the way to the premises of a business subscriber.

FTTP – fiber-to-the-premises, has become the prevailing term that encompasses the various FTTx concepts. Thus FTTP architecturesinclude FTTB and FTTH implementations. An FTTP network can use BPON, EPON or GPON technology.

FTTU – fiber-to-the-user, is the term used by Alcatel-Lucent to describe their products for FTTB and FTTH applications.

FTTCab – Fibre to the cabinetFTTEx – Fibre to the exchangeFTTP – Fibre to the premises

FTTH – Fibre to the homeFTTB – Fibre to the businessFTTC – Fibre to the curb

FITL – Fibre in the Loop

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 166/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 25

25

PON standardization2

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 167/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 26

26

ITU-T standards for GPON

G.984.1 – GPON service requirements

• specifies line rate configurations and service capabilities

G.984.2 – GPON physical medium

• specifies transceiver characteristics

per line rate and per ODN class

including burst overhead for each upstream line rate

G.984.3 – GPON transmission convergence

• specifies transmission convergence protocol, physical layer OAM, ranging

mechanism

G.984.4 – GPON ONT management control interface

• based on OMCI for BPON, taking GPONs packet mode into account

• phased approach to achieve interop (FSAN)

 Alcatel-Lucent was the first GPON supplier to disclose its OMCI implementation details

In 2001, the FSAN group initiated a effort for standardizing PON networks operating at bit rates above 1 Gbps.

Apart from the need to support higher bit rates, the overall protocol had to be opened for reconsideration sothat the solution would be most optimal and efficient to support multiple services and operation,administration, maintenance and provisioning (OAM&P) functionality and scalability.

As a result of FSAN efforts, a new solution emerged in the optical access market place – Gigabit PON (GPON),offering unprecedented high bit rate support (up to 2.488 Gbps) while enabling the transport of multipleservices, specifically data and TDM, in native formats and with extremely high efficiency. In January 2003, theGPON standards were ratified by ITU-T and are known as ITU-T Recommendations G.984.1, G.984.2 and G.984.3.

------

G984.1 provides the GPON framework, and is known as the GPON service requirements (GSR). The GSRsummarizes the operational characteristics that service providers expect of the network, in terms of transportspeeds, tolerances, delay, etc.

G984.2 provides the GPON physical medium dependant specifications (GPS). This includes operational

parameters of the optical transmitters and transceivers, clock recovery and error correction mechanisms.G984.3 provides the GPON Transmission Convergence (GTC) specifications. The GTC is responsible for correctimplementation of the data flow process in the physical layer and addresses issues such as the frame structure,the control sequence between the OLT and the ONTs, and the packet encryption function.

G984.4 defines the ONT management and control interface (OMCI) for a GPON.

OMCC: ONT Management and Control Channel

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 168/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 27

27

PON

OMCI – ONT Management Control Interface

a method to manage ONTs from the OLT

• this includes configuration, fault and performance management

each ONT and the OLT has it’s own OMCI channel

• bandwidth is allocated at PON creation time

protocol?

• the OMCI protocol

The purpose of OMCI is similar to that of ILMI known from xDSL.

OMCI includes configuration, fault and performance management.

Capacity:

~424kbps per ONT

---

Actually the OMCI channel is a bidirectional channel on the PON for the purpose of managinga single ONT. So on a particular PON there are as many OMCI channels as there areprovisioned ONTs, or in other words, each ONT gets it’s own OMCI channel.

For the upstream direction of the OMCI channel each ONT gets its own T-CONT, identified byits own unique allocation ID. The allocation ID for the ONT is assigned by the P-OLT, andcommunicated back to the ONT at the end of the ranging procedure through the downstreamPLOAM channel.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 169/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 28

28

ITU-T G.984.x framework

Ethernet

TC adaptation sublayer

Framing sublayer

PON-PHY

C/M application

PLOAMOMCI

Voice/Data/Video

Embedded OAM

……

G.984.3 GTC

G.984.2 PMD

G.984.1 General characteristics

G.984.4 OMCI

This picture shows the protocol stack for the overall GPON architecture.

GPON is required to support all currently known services and new services being for theresidential subscribers and business customers.

Therefore, the set of G.984 standards describes a flexible access networks using optical fibertechnology. The focus is primarily on a network to support services including POTS, data,video, leased line and distributive services.

The G.984.2 concentrates on the physical and fiber aspects (optical considerations, powerbudgets, rates, etc).

G.984.3 covers the Transmission Convergence (TC) aspects between the service nodeinterface and the user-network interface and deal with specifications for frame format,media access control method, ranging method, OAM functionality and security in G-PONnetworks.

Finally, G.984.4 specifies the detailed information structure of the ONT Management andControl Interface (OMCI) for the G-PON system to enable multi-vendor interoperabilitybetween the OLT and the ONT.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 170/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 29

29

GPON fundamentals3

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 171/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 30

30

PON properties

PON – Passive Optical Network

• passive components

o splitters + WDM-device

• star topology

o p2mp – point to multipoint

lambdas

• 1490nm – downstream data

• 1310nm – upstream data

• 1550nm – downstream (optional)

ranging distance

• 60 km maximum logical reach

• 20 km differential distance

split-ratio

• Minimum 64 subscribers (or more)

PON

According to the GPON Service Requirements (G.984.1), a GPON must be a full-service network, which means

that it should be able to carry all service types.These include 10- and 100-Mbps Ethernet, legacy analog telephone, digital T1/E1 traffic (I.e., 1.544 and 2.028Mbps), 155-Mbps asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) packets, and higher-speed leased-line traffic.

The nominal line rates are specified as 1.25 Gbps (1244.160 Mbps) and 2.5 Gbps (2488.320 Mbps) in thedownstream direction, and 155 Mbps, 622 Mbps, 1.25 Gbps, and 2.5 Gbps in the upstream direction.

The data rates can be either symmetrical (the same rate in both directions) or asymmetrical, with higher ratesbeing sent downstream from the OLT to the ONTs.

A service provider can offer a lower upstream rate to those GPONs in which the downstream traffic is muchlarger than in the upstream direction, as is the case when subscribers use the IP data service mainly forapplications such as lower-rate upstream Internet surfing or e-mail and higher-rate downstream downloads oflarge files.

The wavelengths are specified to be in the range 1480 to 1500 nm for downstream voice and data traffic and

1260 to 1360 nm for its corresponding upstream traffic. Thus, the median values are the standard 1490- and1310-nm wavelengths as used in BPON and EPON systems. In addition, the wavelength range 1550 to 1560 nmcan be used for downstream video distribution. Depending on the capabilities of the optical transmitters andreceivers, the GPON recommendation specifies maximum transmission distances of 10 or 20 km. For a GPON theminimum number of splitting paths is 64.

---

The 60 km max. distance is also referred to as a logical distance: this is related to the ranging procedure, wherean ONT will add some equalisation delay depending on the distance the ONT is away from the OLT. This leadsto all ONTs being virtually away 60 km from the OLT.

About the split: the standards already took care of having a split of up to 128 subscribers, which is sometimesreferred to as a logical split.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 172/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 31

31

Optical power budget

loss in splitters

• cascaded splitter can be used

e.g. 1:4 splitter followed by 1:8 splitter or vice versa

• so a one-step 1:32 splitter can be used

loss in WDM coupler

loss per km fiber

loss in connectors

loss in splices

PON

Distance depends on loss in different components:

distance = f(loss),

splitters

WDM coupler

fiber ( x dBm/km)

splices

application (data or video)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 173/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 32

32

Data transceiver specifications (class B+)

+5,0

P (dB)

+1,5

+5,0

P (dB)

+0,5

-8,0

P (dB)

-27,0

-8,0

P (dB)

-28,0

1490 nm

1310 nm

path penalty: 0,5 dB

path penalty: 0,5 dB

Downstream budget:

+1,5 – (-27) – (0,5) = 28,0

Upstream budget:

+0,5 – (-28) – (0,5) = 28,0

Tx level

Tx level

Rx level

Rx level

0,30 dB/km

0,42 dB/km

The loss budget requirement for the PON, based on ITU Recommendation G.983.4, is 22 dB

total loss budget for Class B PON and 27 dB for Class C PON. What differentiates Class B andClass C PON is the power of the laser used and, marginally, the quality of the opticalcomponents. This loss budget is really tight, especially when high-port-count splitters areused in the design. The splitters in a PON cause an inherent loss because the input power isdivided between several outputs. Splitter loss depends on the split ratio and is about 3 dB fora 1 x 2 splitter, increasing by 3 dB each time the number of outputs is doubled. A 1 x 32splitter has a splitter loss of at least 15 dB. This loss is seen for both downstream andupstream signals. Combine the losses of the WDM coupler, splices, connectors and fiber itself,and it is easy to understand why a precise bidirectional measurement of end-to-end opticalloss at the installation is a must.

In addition to the optical loss, the end-to-end link Optical Return Loss (ORL) is very important

to measure. Undesirable effects of ORL include:

Interference with light-source signals

Higher bit error rate in digital systems

Lower system optical-signal-to-noise ratio

Strong fluctuations in the laser output power

Permanent damage to the laser

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 174/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 33

33

Optical power budget – Data

example:

• budget: 28,0 dBm

• 16 way splitter loss: 13,8 dBm (theor. 12dBm)

• connector+splicing loss: 3 dBm (24*0,1 dBm + 2*0,3 dBm)

• aging: 1 dBm

• attenuation:

o 0,30 dBm/km – downstream

o 0,42 dBm/km – upstream

distance:• (28,0 – 13,8 – 3 – 1) / 0,42 = 10,2 / 0,42 = 24,28 km

interpretation:

• for a 1:16 split, the max distance of an ONT is 24 km

A system is limited in the distance you can send signals and the maximum number of times

you can split the signal to go to different subscribers. The main problem is usually that thesignal level drops too low to be usable. Other considerations sometimes dominate.

Fiber loss per km is 0.25 dB (1550 nm) to 0.4 dB (1260 - 1360 nm)

Every time the signal is split two ways, half the power goes one way and half goes the other.So each direction gets half the power, or the signal is reduced by

10log(0.5)=3 dB.

Broadcast analog video actually sets the distance (see next slide)

---

Class A – 5-20 dB

Class B – 10-25 dB

Class C – 15-30 dB

The power budget available (for data) on a particular PON depends on the class of laser used:e.g. for class B+ it is 28 dB

The power budget available (for video) on a particular PON is lower than this.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 175/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 34

34

Data transceiver specifications (class C+)

+7,0

P (dB)

+3,0

+5,0

P (dB)

+0,5

-8,0

P (dB)

-30,0

(**)

-12,0

P (dB)

-32,0

1490 nm

1310 nm

path penalty: 1 dB (*)

path penalty: 0,5 dB

Downstream budget:

+3 – (-30) – (1) = 32,0

Upstream budget:

+0,5 – (-32) – (0,5) = 32,0

Tx level

Tx level

Rx level

Rx level

0,30 dB/km

0,42 dB/km

(*) Accounts for DS dispersion effects upto 60km reach

(**) ONT sensitivity in C+ mode with FEC

The loss budget requirement for the PON, based on ITU Recommendation G.983.4, is22 dB total loss budget for Class B PON and 27 dB for Class C PON. What differentiatesClass B and Class C PON is the power of the laser used and, marginally, the quality of

the optical components. This loss budget is really tight, especially when high-port-count splitters are used in the design. The splitters in a PON cause an inherent lossbecause the input power is divided between several outputs. Splitter loss depends onthe split ratio and is about 3 dB for a 1 x 2 splitter, increasing by 3 dB each time thenumber of outputs is doubled. A 1 x 32 splitter has a splitter loss of at least 15 dB. Thisloss is seen for both downstream and upstream signals. Combine the losses of the WDMcoupler, splices, connectors and fiber itself, and it is easy to understand why a precisebidirectional measurement of end-to-end optical loss at the installation is a must.

In addition to the optical loss, the end-to-end link optical return loss (ORL) is veryimportant to measure. Undesirable effects of ORL include:

Interference with light-source signals

Higher bit error rate in digital systems

Lower system optical-signal-to-noise ratio

Strong fluctuations in the laser output power

Permanent damage to the laser

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 176/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 35

35

Video transceiver specifications

+18,5

P (dB) P (dB)

-4,9

1550 nmDownstream budget:

+18,5 – (-4,9) = 23,4

Tx levelRx level

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 177/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 36

36

Optical power budget – Video

example:

• budget: 23,4 dBm

• 16 way splitter loss: 13,8 dBm (theor. 12dBm)

• connector+splicing loss: 3 dBm (24*0,1 dBm + 2*0,3 dBm)

• aging: 1 dBm

• attenuation:o 0,25 dBm/km - downstream

distance:

• (23,4 – 13,8 – 3 – 1)/0,25 = 22,4 km

interpretation:

• for a 1:16 split, the max distance of an ONT is 22,4 km

A system is limited in the distance you can send signals and the maximum number of times you can split the

signal to go to different subscribers. The main problem is usually that the signal level drops too low to beusable. Other considerations sometimes dominate.

Fiber loss per km is 0.25 dB (1550 nm) to 0.4 dB (1260 - 1360 nm)

Every time the signal is split two ways, half the power goes one way and half goes the other. So each directiongets half the power, or the signal is reduced by

10log(0.5)=3 dB.

Broadcast analog video actually sets the distance (see next slide)

---

Class A – 5-20 dB

Class B – 10-25 dB

Class C – 15-30 dBThe power budget available (for data) on a particular PON depends on the class of laser used: e.g. for class B+ itis 28 dB

The power budget available (for video) on a particular PON is lower than this.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 178/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 37

37

PON lambdas – dynamic bandwidth allocation (DBA)

voice and data over a single fiber

• two wavelengths in opposite directions

video

• one wavelength in downstream direction

Splitters

1490 nm 

1310 nm 

Data path

1550 nm   Video path

Line rate flexibility

 X Mb/s

Y Mb/s

Feeder section: stretch from CO to first splitting point

Issue: the optical power budget …

The loss budget requirement for the PON, based on ITU Recommendation G.983.4, is 22 dBtotal loss budget for Class B PON and 27 dB for Class C PON. What differentiates Class B andClass C PON is the power of the laser used and, marginally, the quality of the opticalcomponents. This loss budget is really tight, especially when high-port-count splitters areused in the design. The splitters in a PON cause an inherent loss because the input power isdivided between several outputs. Splitter loss depends on the split ratio and is about 3 dB fora 1 x 2 splitter, increasing by 3 dB each time the number of outputs is doubled. A 1 x 32splitter has a splitter loss of at least 15 dB. This loss is seen for both downstream andupstream signals. Combine the losses of the WDM coupler, splices, connectors and fiber itself,

and it is easy to understand why a precise bidirectional measurement of end-to-end opticalloss at the installation is a must.

In addition to the optical loss, the end-to-end link optical return loss (ORL) is very importantto measure. Undesirable effects of ORL include:

Interference with light-source signals

Higher bit error rate in digital systems

Lower system optical-signal-to-noise ratio

Strong fluctuations in the laser output power

Permanent damage to the laser

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 179/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 38

38

GPON protocol layers and formats

GEM – GPON Encapsulation Method

• Ethernet + TDM

ATM – Asynchronous Transfer Mode

VG

optical (TDM/TDMA)

Ethernet[AAL5] + Ethernet

[AAL2] + Ethernet + TDM POTS/VF

OLT

ONT

BAS

AAL2 and AAL5 are indicated between square brackets, as they are optional (and actually no-

one is implementing ATM)

AAL = ATM Adaptation Layer

AAL2 = adaptation for e.g. voice (CBR style of connection)

AAL5 = adaptation for data

---

Depending on who you are talking to, people talk about Generic Encapsulation Method orGPON Encapsulation Method.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 180/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 39

39

Data Transmission : DOWNSTREAM

• Standardized by ITU-T in G.984.x recommendation

• Communication between P-OLT and ONT

• Downstream : broadcast traffic – use encryption for security (AES)

?

GPON has a lot of benefits as we’ve seen in the beginning of this movie, but the shared

medium also presents us with some difficulties. Since we are using a point-to-multipointtopology, a specific transmission mechanism has to be implemented in order to benefit fullyfrom this architecture.

In the downstream direction, the transmission is defined as being broadcast = the sameinformation is sent to all connected ONTs. For security reasons this information is encryptedof course. On top of that, the information contains a specific destination to allow each ONTto decide whether to accept or reject the packet.

The broadcast traffic is continuous, i.e. there is always a signal on the fiber. We need to dothis in order to allow the ONT to synchronize with the central office.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 181/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 40

40

Data Transmission : UPSTREAM

• ONTs are located at different distances from Central Office

• Upstream : same wavelength + same fiber

– Use Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA)

• How ?

– Distance OLT – ONT has to be measured

– Timeslots are allocated according to distance

– ONTs only send upstream according to granted timeslot

In the upstream direction, the situation is a bit more complex. We only have 1 fiber and all

ONTs use the same wavelength (1310 nm)

Imagine a street with 64 houses. Each family uses a car to go shopping on Saturday morning.Imagine they all leave whevenver they want without looking left or right. It is obvious thateventually there will be accidents (collisions). The same scenario is true for the GPONnetwork (upstream)

How do we solve this problem ? Well, we install a policeman and he decides when each familyhas access to the street.

Telecom-wise, the policeman will be the central office. The OLT decides when each ONT cansend traffic in the upstream direction.

An important parameter in this decision process is the distance between the ONT and thecentral office. We know the speed (1.25 G), so if we know the distance, we can generatetime windows in which the ONTs can send information.

The process of determining the distance between ONT and OLT is called distance ranging(during this time, the PON light on the ONT will be blinking)

The process of determining timeslots for each ONT s called access granting

That’s the concept behind TDMA : Time Division Multiple Access (using different timeslots onthe same medium)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 182/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 41

41

Distance ranging – Why?

deliberately putting equalization delay infor the purpose of avoiding collisions

20 km

20 km

15 km

In normal network conditions, ONUs are located at different distances from the OLT. This

results in transmission phase differences and the OLT may receive overlapping transmissionsfrom the different ONUs. The PON concept has a specific method for synchronising the ONUtransmissions, called ranging. First, an ONU synchronises itself to the downstream frameheaders and waits for the ranging window to open. When the window opens, the networkenters into the ranging procedure, during which the delay and phase differences between theOLT and all active ONUs are determined. As a result, the ONUs adjust their transmissionphases and grants accordingly.

The overall ranging scheme is presented in the picture above. The ranging is operated by theOLT, which opens a ranging window between configurable time periods. This means that theOLT sends a ranging grant and stops the traffic in the network and waits for the ONUs to sendtheir ranging PLOAMs. The ranging window should be large enough to cover propagation and

processing delays of all the ONUs, including the farthest ONU. The window size can beprogrammed to support transport distances up to 20 kilometres (B-PON).

During the ranging procedure, each active ONU receives a PON-ID from the OLT, which usesthe IDs to send data to each ONU individually. Moreover, the OLT measures the arrival phasesof the ONU ranging cells, calculates the required equalisation delays and communicates theinformation to the ONUs. The ONUs adjusts their transmission phases according to thedetermined values. After initialisation, each active ONU can transmit data according to thegiven grants.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 183/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 42

42

Distance ranging explained

time

distance

R  a n  g i  n  g  _G r  a n t (   ) 

t1

t2

?

Δt

  R a n g  i n

 g _  G r a n t_  A c  k

 (  Δ t )

= (t2 – t1-Δt)/2

Assume this is 75 μs

Cfiber = 200.000 km/s

?

? = 15km

The P-OLT sends out a Ranging-Grant message on the PON

The newly connected ONT listens to this message and processes it (takes some time)

The ONT sends an acknowledge to the P-OLT, including the time needed to process

The P-OLT calculates the time it took for the ranging grant to reach the ONT (roundtrip delay/ 2) Note : subtract the Δt !

Based on the speed of light (in glass !) , the distance of the ONT can be calculated

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 184/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 43

43

GPON frame format

 ATM-segment (option)

downstream frame – 125 us

GEM-segment

upstream frame – 125 us

ONU1 ONU2 ONU3 ONU4 ONU5

PCB GEM-packet ATM-cell

The GPON frame format is specified as part of ITU-T recommendation G.984.3: GTC – GPON

transmission convergence.

This recommendation is equivalent to layer 2 (the data transmission layer) in the OSIreference model, and besides the GPON frame format also describes the media access controlprotocol, the ranging scheme, operations and maintenance processes, and the informationencryption method.

The picture shows the GPON frame format, which has a fixed 125-µs length. The frameconsists of a physical control block (PCB) and a payload composed of a pure ATM segment anda GEM segment. The PCB section contains the physical layer overhead information to controland manage the network.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 185/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 44

44

DOWNSTREAM : Continuous mode operation

downstream – there’s always a signal• even when there’s no user data to pass through

• except when the laser is administratively turned of 

downstream frame

Tx Rx  

continuous mode Tx continuous mode Rx

components:

continuous mode transmitter

no need to adapt power level continuous mode receiver

clock extraction …

Power level consideration

In continuous mode operation, the power level is high enough to reach allsubscribers. Each ONT gets this signal, although attenuated differently because theyall are at different distances from the central office.

Anyhow, the attenuation shouldn’t be too big, so there still is enough

power in the signal left. The attenuation shouldn’t be too small neither, because thenthe power level of the singal going out of the fiber would be too big and this mightdamage the optical receiver.

When the power level is in the dynamic range of the receiver, the ONTcan easily do the clock extraction and pick up the data destined for him.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 186/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 45

45

GPON frame format – Downstream

 ATM-segment (option) GEM-segment

Psynch Ident PLOAMd BIP PLend PLend US BW Map

Physical Control Block 

4 bytes 4 bytes 13 bytes 4 bytes 4 bytes N*8 bytes

1 byte

In the downstream direction the PCBd (physical control block for frames going downstream)

contains the following information:

a 4-byte frame synchronization field (Psync).

a 4-byte segment (Ident) that contains an 8-kHz counter, a downstream FEC status bit,an encryption key switchover bit, and 8 status bits reserved for further use.

a 13-byte downstream physical layer OAM (PLOAMd) message, which handles functionssuch as OAM-related alarms or threshold crossing alerts.

a 1-byte bit interleaved parity (BIP) field, used to estimate the bit error rate.

a 4-byte downstream payload length indicator (Plend), which gives the length of theupstream bandwidth (US BW) map and the size of the ATM segment. The Plend field is

sent twice for extra redundancy and error robustness. the N x 8-byte US BW map allocates N transmission time slots to the ONTs.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 187/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 46

46

GPON frame format – Downstream (cont.)

Psynch Ident PLOAMd BIP PLend PLend US BW Map

Physical Control Block

N*8 bytes

… AllocID … CRCAllocID Flag SStart SStop CRC

12 bits 12 bits 2 bytes 2 bytes 1 byte

Entry for ONT#1 Entry for ONT#N

The US BW map contains N entries associated with N time-slot allocation identifications for

the ONTs. As the picture shows, each entry in the US BW map or access structure consists of:

a 12-bit allocation identifier (AllocID) that is assigned to an ONT

twelve flag bits that allow the upstream transmission of physical layer overhead blocksfor a designated ONT (see slide p. 43)

a 2-byte start pointer (SStart) that indicates when the upstream transmission windowstarts. This time is measured in bytes; the beginning of the upstream GTC frame isdesignated as time zero.

a 2-byte stop pointer (SStop) that indicates when the upstream transmission windowstops.

a 1-byte CRC that provides a 2-bit error detection and 1-bit error correction on thebandwidth allocation field

---

The AllocID identifies the T-CONT (Traffic container)

The Port-ID identifies the queue on the ONT

---

With a split to 128 users, this actually means 32 alloc-id’s can be assigned to a single ONT!

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 188/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 47

47

GPON frame format – Downstream (cont.)

US BW Map

3 entries

ONT1 slot 75 slot 240

AllocID Start Stop

ONT2 slot 280 slot 400

AllocID Start Stop

ONT3 slot 430 slot 550

AllocID Start Stop

upstream packet timingguard timeguard time

75 240 280 400 430 550slot times: time

This slide gives an example of time-slot allocations for three ONTs. Here there are three entries in the US BW

map field. The AllocID of the ONTs are 1, 2, and 3 for ONT1, ONT2, and ONT3, respectively. The center part ofthe picture shows start and stop time slots listed in the downstream US BW map field during which the variousONTs are allowed to transmit. The lower part of the picture shows the general format of the ensuing upstreaminformation stream form the three ONTs. An appropriate guard time is placed between packets from differentONTs.

---

So a GPON system allocates time slots for each ONT to ensure that the data of each ONT is receivedindependently at the OLT.

A system of pointers is used. The PCB holds the grant bytes/messages, which defines which ONU should usewhich time-slots/bytes in the upstream frame.

This allocation can change frame after frame, so bandwidth is allocated dynamically.

ONU1 ONU2 ONU3 ONU4 ONU5

r s t

downstream frame

upstream frame

u v w x y z …

grant

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 189/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 48

48

UPSTREAM : Burst mode operation

upstream – there’s only a signal when an ONT needs to send• when no ONT has info to send, there’s no light on the fiber at all

• between 2 consecutive bursts, a guard time is needed: 26 ns

upstream frame

Rx Tx  

burst mode Rx burst mode Tx

components:

burst mode transmitter

can adapt it’s power level burst mode receiver

resync on every single burst coming in

the phase of every single data unit is different

measure power level of 1 and 0

the amplitude of every single data unit is different

burst overhead

Power level considerationAssume all ONTs send their upstream data using the same power level.

Due to the fact they are all at different distances, the attenuation imposed will bedifferent for all of them. It even is possible that the power level of a logic 0 from anear ONT exceeds the power level of a logic 1 from a far ONT! So the receiver at theOLT has a hard time to distinguish a logical 1 from a logical 0. In order to do that, thereceiver has to measure the power levels of a 0 and a 1 (amplitude ranging), and adaptthe detection thresholds accordingly. And this has to happened for each burst comingin! That’s the reason why every burst of information is prepended with somebits/bytes referred to as burst overhead (BO).

---

The transmitter operates in burst mode. It has three modes: no light,logic 0 and logic 1. In contrast to point-to-point systems, ONUs which are notpermitted to transmit must turn off their lasers. At the input to the OLT’s receiver,the light corresponding to a logic 0 from a near ONU could well exceed the lightcorresponding to a logic 1 from a far ONU. (chapter 60/4 of Telecommunicatiosen ineer’s reference book second edition

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 190/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 49

49

GPON frame format – Upstream

ONU1 ONU2 ONU3 ONU4 ONU5

Header Payload

PLOu PLOAMu DBRu

Physical

layer

overhead

Physical

layer

OAM

Dynamic

bandwidth

report

Upstream GPON traffic consists of successive transmissions from one or more ONTs. As the

picture on previous slide illustrates, the particular sequence of frames is based on thetransmission time-slot allocations developed by the OLT. To allow proper reception of theindividual burst-mode frames, a certain amount of burst-overhead is needed at the start of anONT upstream burst. The slide on this page shows the format of an upstream frame, whichconsists of up to four types of PON overhead fields and a variable-length user data payloadthat contains a burst of transmission. The upstream header fields are the following:

the physical layer overhead (PLOu) at the start of an ONT upstream burst contains thepreamble, which ensures proper physical layer operation (e.g., bit and byte alignments)of the burst-mode upstream link.

the upstream physical layer operation, administration and management (PLOAMu) field

is responsible for management functions such as ranging, activation of an ONT, andalarm notifications. The 13-byte PLOAMu contains the PLOAM message as defined inG.983.1 and is protected against bit errors by a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) that usesa standard polynomial error detection and correction code.

the dynamic bandwidth report (DBRu) field informs the OLT of the queue length of eachAllocID at an ONT. This allows the OLT to enable proper operation of the dynamicbandwidth allocation process. The DBRu is protected against bit errors by a CRC.

Transmission of the PLOAMu, PLSu, and DBRu fields are optional depending on thedownstream flags in the US BW map.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 191/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 50

50

GEM = GPON Encapsulation Method

GEM allows for

• point-to-point emulation

• payload fragmentation (efficiency)

GEM allows native TDM transport

• E1/T1, E3/T3 raw format

12 bits 13 bits12 bits 3 bits

TDM

Ethernet PayloadMACDA MACSA

Type/

LengthFCS

GEM header

GEM encapsulation

payload

L bytespayloadCRCPTIPortIDPLI

L bytes

To accommodate all types of services (e.g. ATM, TDM, and Ethernet) efficiently, a GPON encapsulation method

(GEM) is used. This method is based on a slightly modified version of the ITU-T recommendation G.7041 GenericFraming Procedure, which gives the specifications for sending IP packets over SONET or SDH networks.

---

The GPON encapsulation method works similar to ATM, but is uses variable-length frames instead of fixed-lengthcells as in ATM. Thus, GEM provides a generic means to send different services over a GPON. The encapsulatedpayload can be up to 1500 bytes long. If an ONT has a packet to send that is larger than 1500 bytes, the ONTmust break the packet into smaller fragments that fit into the allowed payload length. The destinationequipment is responsible for reassembling the fragments into the original packet format.

The picture above shows the GEM segment structure, which consists of four header fields and a payload that is Lbytes long. The header fields are the following:

A 12-bit payload length indicator (PLI) that gives the length in bytes of the GEM-encapsulated payload.

A 12-bit port identification number that tells which service flow this fragment belongs to.

A 3-bit payload type indicator which specifies if the fragment is the end of a user datagram, if the trafficflow is congested, or if the GEM payload contains OAM information.

A 13-bit cyclic redundancy check for header error control that enables the correction of two erroneousbits and the detection of three bit erros in the header

A key advantage of the GEM scheme is that it provides an efficient means to encapsulate and fragment userinformation packets. The reason for using encapsulation on a GPON is that it allows proper management of themultiple service flows from different ONTs that share a common optical fiber transmission link. The purpose offragmentation is to send packets from a user efficiently regardless of their size and to recover the originalpacket format reliably from the physical layer transmission windows on the GPON.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 192/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049 | GPON technology 51

51

www.alcatel-lucent.comwww.alcatel-lucent.com

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 193/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 1

GPON basic configuration

During class please switch off your mobile, pager or other that may interrupt.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 194/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 2

2

At the end of this session, you will …

know what functions the NGLT-x is performing

be capable to configure ONTs

Objective

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 195/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 3

3

Table of Contents

1.PON provisioning

2.ONT provisioning

3.ONTCARD provisioning

4.ONTENET provisioning

5.Bridge port configuring

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 196/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 4

4

Remember this?0

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 197/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 5

5

CLI based hierarchical breakdown + Identification – from R4.0.02

rack

shelf 

pon

ont

ontenet

lt

ontcard

slot lt:1/1/6

pon:1/1/6/1

1/1/6/1/92

1/1/6/1/92/1

1/1/6/1/92/1/1

shelf 1/1

rack 1

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 198/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 6

6

Prepare the system for accepting HiCAP boards

configure system

max-lt-link-speed

link-speed twodotfive-gb

configure system

security

profile admin

slot-numbering type-based

TL1-style of numbering

logout and login again to actually apply this change

This step is mainly needed for the converged platform when working with NGLT-A/B and/or

NVLT-x board, which are hi-cap boards.

If you forget to adapt the link-speed, so it is still set to one-gb, then you get following errorwhen trying to provision the lt-card using cli:

Error : EQPT MGT error 53 : Board type is incompatible with current MaxLtLinkSpeed value

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 199/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 7

7

PON provisioning1

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 200/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 8

8

PON functions

transport traffic

• GEM encapsulated

• ethernet frames

polling for new ONTs

• based on ranging

• configurable polling freq.

BER measurements

• BIP field in PCB

• configurable meas. period

BER

10-5

10-9

no alarm

signal degraded

signal failed

configurable

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 201/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 9

9

Provision PON – CLI

Configure pon interface 1/1/1/2 admin-state up

• the (downstream) laser is activated

• ONTs which are connected/powered on start ranging

• this generates an alarm

minor alarm occurred for pon 1/1/3/3 : SERNUM = ALCLF9A0F50D, SLID = 12345

PONs are created at LT creation time

• state OOS = out of service

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 202/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 10

10

Provision PON – CLI

Configure pon interface 1/1/1/2

• Label -> name of the PON, string with length <= 80

• Ber-calc-period -> BER measurement period (unit 1/10 sec)

• Polling-period -> polling period for ONTs (unit 1/10 sec)

• Sig-degrade-th -> signal degraded threshold [4…10]

• Sig-fail-th -> signal failed threshold [3…8]

• Fec-dn -> Forward Error Detection for downstream (enable/disable)

• Raman-reduct -> Raman Reduction (enable/disable)

• Closest-ont -> distance of closest ONT [0 … 40km]

Signal Degraded Threshold is 10x, where x is the value given for the parameter (between 4

and 10), see page 9

Signal Failed Threshold is 10x, where x is the value given for the parameter (between 3 and8), see page 9

Fec-dn: enable or disable the Forward Error Correction (Reed Solomon) for the downstreamtraffic (this is optional in GPON and mostly left to disable, since it will reduce themaximum acheivable bitrate).

Raman Reduction is only used for video overlay

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 203/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 11

11

Provision PON – AMS

PON is automatically created when you

create the board

• you can only modify it

select node (NE) rack subrack  slot

pon port unlock

• save

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 204/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 12

12

ONT provisioning2

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 205/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 13

13

Which ONT software to use?

ONT software must be compatible with P-OLT software

• check customer documentation!

ONT software must be available on the P-OLT before it can be

downloaded onto the ONT!

 when you plan the SW for the ONT, you have to add a “3’’ to the name

  3FE50854AFVA12

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 206/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 14

14

ONT software banks

active bank 

passive bank 

RAM

planned software what you intend to run in RAMactive sw   what is actually running in RAMpassive sw   what is in the passive bank

active bank:what the ONTtries to boot up with

if the ONT fails toboot with what isin the active bank

it will use thepassive bank

if the active software is different from the planned, the P-OLT tries todownload the planned software to the passive bank

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 207/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 15

15

Provisioning ONTs

ONTs can be provisioned

• while already physically connected to the PON:

• while not physically connected to the PON at all:

pre-provisioning

When the ONT is already connected to the PON, al subsequent actions taken which do

envolve the ONT will result in commands being sent to the ONT immediately, using OMCI!

When the ONT is not connected to the PON, you still can configure more stuff, but nocommunication with the ONT is happening at all. It’s only after the ONT being connected,ranged, … that this configuration data is sent to the ONT over the OMCI channel!

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 208/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 16

16

Provisioning ONTs (cont.)

serial number based

• identify the ONT by its serial number

Subscriber Location ID (SLID) based

• identify the ONT by its subscriber location id

o SLID up to 10 characters long

• SLID is configured beforehand in the ONT

TEACHER

 ALCLA0A28965

ONT notconnected?

NO ALARM

 ALARM

When provisioning the ONT through serial number, the ONT can be provisioned in service (IS)

or out of service (OOS).

When provisioning the ONT through SLID, the ONT must be provisioned out of service (OOS).In this situation the ONT automatically get’s into service when the ONT is successfullyranged after connecting it to the PON.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 209/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 17

17

Provisioning SLID on ONT

make sure the ONT is disconnected from

the PON and then powered on

pushbutton set

• connect handset to POTS port 1

• hook off, press * , dial SLID-code, press #, hook on

ethernet interface

• ONT must be disconnected from PON and poweredon

• connect PC to Ethernet port 1

• define static IP-address of PC to 192.168.4.1

• telnet to 192.168.4.254

o user id / passwd

ONT

ONT

When the PON is disabled, there’s no need for the ONT to be disconnected from the PON.

(This may be an option when you do the exercises: rather than disconnecting the ONT fromthe PON, you can simply disable the PON itself.)

SLID code may contain up to 10 numbers:

1. When you use a push button set to provision the SLID on the ONT, you need to connect thephone to RJ11 port 1. You hook off, press * in order to get a dial tone and then you enterthe SLID code which can contain up to 10 digits. In order to finish, you press # and hookon.

2. Ethernet interface. Telnet to 192.168.4.254

Connect PC to port 1 via Eth1 (192.168.4.254) User-id: CRAFTSPERSON

Password: ALC#FGU

For more information (e.g. other provisioning scenario for SLID)   see customerdocumentation.

---

To my personal experience, I only was successful with the pushbutton method! The ethernetway of getting an SLID in doesn’t seem to work, at least not on I-020 and I-22x-E.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 210/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 18

18

Discovered ONT

alarm at AMS: minor

alarm at CLI: minor

• minor alarm occurred for pon 1/1/3/3 : SERNUM = ALCLF9A1B738, SLID =

TEACHER

CFG alarm: new ONT discovered

Serial number of ONT

When the PON is active (downstream laser is on), the polling mechanism to detect active

ONTs is active. Whenever a new ONT is discovered in the PON, a minor alarm is raised.

CFG alarm = configuration or customization alarm new ONT discovered

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 211/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 19

19

Provision ONT – Serial number based –CLI

Configure equipment ont interface 1/1/1/2/33

• Sw-ver-pland -> software version planned (if not know, set to UNPLANNED)• Sernum -> consists of 2 parts: <VendorID:serial_number> e.g. ALCL:A0A3F342

o Vendor ID: 4 char (e.g. ALCL for Alcatel-Lucent)

o Actual serial number : 8 char

• Subslocid -> left to its default value of WILDCARD

• Battery-bkup -> presence of battery backup

• Desc1 and Desc2 -> two description fields

• Enable-aes -> enable AES in downstream

• Admin-state -> set to up to bring In Service

AES: Advanced Encryption Standard

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 212/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 20

20

Provision ONT – Serial number based – AMS (1/2)

equipment perspective GPON

asam-core rack subrack 

PON Port x ONT(Provisioned)

Create ONT

ONT id 1-1-3-1-64

serialnumber

seebefore

If the planned software version is different from the active or passive version present on the

ONT, a software download is executed.

Set this parameter to unplanned in case you want to know what software currently is presentin your ONT!

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 213/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 21

21

Provision ONT – Serial number based – AMS (2/2)

check the SW and the status!

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 214/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 22

22

Provision ONT – SLID based (1/2)

configure equipment ont interface 1/1/1/2/33 sw-ver-pland

3FE52258AIBA28

sernum ALCL:F9AD566E

subslocid TEACHER

TEACHER

no alarm, even when the ONT is disconnected from the PON

If the planned software version is different from the active or passive version present on the

ont, a software download is executed.

rtrv-ont::all;

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 215/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 23

23

Provision ONT – SLID based (2/2)

once the ONT is connected to the PON

• and the ONT gets ranged …

• the P-OLT records the SLID and the serial number

• automatic status change: oos   is

this allows you to do pre-provisioning

• of the ONTCARD, services, …

• without the system generating any alarms!

TEACHER

connect the ONT to the PON

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 216/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 24

24

Provision ONT – SLID based – CLI

Configure equipment ont interface 1/1/1/2/33

• Sw-ver-pland -> software version planned (if not know, set to UNPLANNED)

• Subslocid -> Subscriber Location ID, string with maximum of 20 chars

• Sernum -> left to its default value: ALCL:00000000

• Battery-bkup -> presence of battery backup

• Desc1 and Desc2 -> two description fields

• Enable-aes -> enable AES in downstream

• Admin-state -> set to up to bring In Service

AES: Advanced Encryption Standard

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 217/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 25

25

Provision ONT – SLID based – AMS (1/2)

equipment perspective GPON

asam-core rack subrack 

PON Port x ONT (Provisioned)

Create ONT

ONT id 1-1-3-1-64

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 218/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 26

26

Provision ONT – SLID based – AMS (2/2)

check the SW and the status!

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 219/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 27

27

Changing planned software version

CLI

show equipment ont interface 1/1/1/2/33 detail

• To look up the active software version on the ONT

configure equipment ont interface 1/1/1/2/33 sw-ver-pland

3FE52258AIBA28

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 220/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 28

28

ONTCARD provisioning3

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 221/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 29

29

Provision ONTCARD - CLI

The ONTs do report which ONTCARDs are available,

but they still need to be provisioned!

Configure equipment ont slot 1/1/1/2/33/1

• Planned-card-type   10_100baset, pots, vdsl2, video,

ds1, e1, vdsl2pots, ethpots

• Plndnumdataports   [0…16]

• Plndnumvoiceports  [0…16]

this will automatically provision the ONTENET

• but they will be in the status out of service

Shelf NT LTPON-1

  ONT33

Slot1

10_100BASET

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 222/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 30

30

Provision ONTCARD – AMS (1/2)

example of a detected ONTCARD:

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 223/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 31

31

Provision ONTCARD – AMS (2/2)

select node …   ont 55 create planned ont-card

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 224/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 32

32

ONTENET provisioning4

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 225/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 33

33

Provision ONTENET - CLI

The ONTENETs are automatically created during the provisioning

of the ONTCARD, they only still need to be configured!

Configure interface uni:1/1/1/2/33/1/1 admin-up

you still need to provision the bridge port in the ISAM!

• See next chapter

Actually, the ONT is a L2- box, it won’t even learn MAC addresses!

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 226/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 34

34

Provision ONTENET – AMS (1/2)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 227/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 35

35

Provision ONTENET – AMS (2/2)

provision the UNI

• this also automatically creates bridge port!

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 228/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 36

36

Bridge port provisioning5

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 229/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 37

37

Provision bridge port

also referred to as …

• … configuring the interworking function syntax:

• configure bridge port <rack/shelf/slot/port/ont/ontcard/ontenet>

example:

• configure bridge port 1/1/3/3/33/1/1

max-unicast-mac 4

LT x 

IWF F  W

E n gi  n e

This enables the capability to learn mac addresses in the LT. But currently there is no means

yet to transport data upstream, out of the ONT on to the LT. This means is the T-CONTwhich still needs to be set up (see later)!

If you try to make the bridge port member of a VLAN already you’ll get an error message:

Attach Ingress QoS Profile to Vlan Port refused due to missing bandwidth profile onQueue

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 230/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 38

38

Provision bridge port - AMS

when the ONTENET and UNI was provisioned using AMS,

the bridge port was created automatically!

adapt bridge port settings,if needed:

e.g. increase #MAC addresses

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 231/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03049-HO10 39

39

www.alcatel-lucent.comwww.alcatel-lucent.com

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 232/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 1

L2 Forwarding with IHUB

During class please switch off your mobile, pager or other that may interrupt.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 233/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 2

Objective

At the end of this chapter you will be able to:

Give an overview of IHUB concepts

Explain what a VPN service is

Explain what kind of services are supported on the new software

Give an overview of the supported forwarding models

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 234/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 3

3

IHUB basic operation1

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 235/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 4

4

The ISAM as a two stage box

… will do ethernet switching

• on the NT – IHUB

• on the LT - IWF

ethernet switch = forwarding engine

• interworking = ATM ethernet

LT

IWF F  W

E n gi  n e

NTxDSL

GPON

P2P-eth

ethernet ethernet

ethernet (encapsulated)

IHUB F  W

E n gi  n e

atm gem …

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 236/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 5

5

Self learning in the IHUB

Self-learning implemented for both upstream and downstream

Discard all user unicast frames with MAC DA known on an ASAM or

subtending port

• No user to user communication

Learning of SourceMac@ within VLAN

E-MAN

LT

LT

IHUB

E-MAN

 X’

Y’

 Z’

MacA 

MacB

MacC

U’

 V’

B A

B C

LT

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 237/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 6

6

MAC movement & user-to-user communication

Disabled

Enabled

Enabled

Disabled

MAC movement

Enabled (including broadcast and multicast

flooding)

RegularResidential

Residential

Regular

Residential

To

Enabled (including broadcast and multicast

flooding)

Regular

Enabled (including broadcast and multicast

flooding)

Regular

DisabledResidential

User-to-user communicationFrom

Note: User-to-user communication can be enabled per V-VPLSinstance (required for ISAM-V).

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 238/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 7

7

IHUB L2 forwarding in the overall picture2

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 239/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 8

TAC03002_D_ Ed 01 P07 8 © 2009 Alcatel-Lucent., All rights reserved

8

Supported forwarding models

NANT-D/E NANT-A

VLAN-CC

C-VLAN-CC (Transparent / Protocol aware)  

S-VLAN-CC (Transparent)  

S+C VLAN-CC (Transparent / Protocol aware)  

IPoA CC (Transparent)  

Bridging(Enhanced) I-Bridge  

PPP Forwarder (PPPoX with MAC@ conc.)  

IP Aware Bridge -  

IP RoutingOld Model (IP forwarding @ LT) -  

New model (E-I-bridge @ LT)  

MPLS

VLL   -

Simplified VPLS

(S-VPLS = I-bridge with MPLS uplink) -

IPv6

Protocol aware VLAN-CC  

(Enhanced) I-Bridge  

IP routing   -

DR6 R40

DR6 R40

      F    u      t    u    r    e

Single VRMulti VR

Remark : MPLS only supported from R4.1

VLL – Virtual Leased Line

Different forwarding modes are supported in order to make it fit into different network modelsof different operators.

If the DSLAMs are mainly connected to a bridged Metro Ethernet network, the MAC scalabilitymay become an issue when only layer 2 forwarding is done in the DSLAM.In that case the MAC addresses of all end-user terminals will have to be learned in the Metro-Ethernet network, while the MAC tables of bridges are quite limited. In that case, it willprobably be better to use the layer 2+ or L3 forwarding function of the ISAM.

However, if IP routers are used in the Metro Ethernet Network close to the DSLAMs, MACscalability will not be an issue, and layer 2 forwarding in the DSLAM may be an interestingoption, because in general layer 2 means less configuration effort. With 7302 ISAM, operatorshave the flexibility to choose the forwarding mode which best fits in their network.

In general, the previous layer 2 and layer 3 forwarding functions are an overkill for network-VPN services towards business customers, given the number of connections to the same VPNfrom one DSLAM will be mostly only one, or only very few connections per VPN. In suchcases, the VLAN cross-connect mode of the ISAM is much more appropriate for these businessusers:

less configuration effort,

avoid too many bridges or routers in one VPN.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 240/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 9

9

VLANs on the IHUB (1/2)

VLANs are always emulated by a single v-VPLS, for every forwarding

mode used on the IACM

o For (Unstacked C-VLAN) Intelligent Bridging

o For (Unstacked) C-VLAN Cross Connect

o For (Stacked) S-VLAN Cross Connect

o For the shared S-VLAN part of (Stacked) SC-VLAN Cross Connect

VLANs have only a single ID

• The C-VLAN for Intelligent Bridging or Unstacked Cross-Connect

• The S-VLAN for Stacked Cross Connecto Hence only the outer VLAN tag is specified

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 241/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 10

10

VLANs on the IHUB (2/2)

VLANs need SAPs (a port with a tag being the v-VPLS VLAN ID)

• One of more regular ports (network side)

• One or more residential ports (LT side)

o For Residential Bridge and L2 Terminated: potentially all (connected) ASAM ports

o For Cross Connect: only the port for the LT where the user is connected

VLANs are normally tagged on egress

• Always for residential ports

• For network ports: untagged on egress is possible

o By using zero as the VLAN tag of the SAP

VLANs normally do not allow user to user communication

• Can be enabled per VLAN

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 242/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 11

11

L2 Services

: SAP

VLAN

v-VPLS

IHUB

LT

SAP -> lt:1/1/1:x

SAP -> nt-a:sfp:1:x

VLAN value used on LT level is forwarded on IHUB by configuring a SAP (Service Access Point)

on a v-VPLS, where a SAP is a combination of a physical port (in this case on of the IHUBports) and a VLAN ID.

Remark: a SAP in the ISAM can be of only one type: q-tagged (this unlike the SAP in IPDequipment, that can be either untagged, q-tagged or q-in-q tagged).

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 243/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 12

12

Configuration of IHUB VLAN via AMS3

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 244/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 13

13

AMS: Layer 2

equipment

Select NE

Infrastructure

Layer 2

 VLAN section shows IHUB “VLANs” as read-only stubs for the actual v-VPLS services

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 245/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 14

14

AMS: Create VPLS service

equipment

Select NE

Infrastructure

Layer 2

Create VPLS Service

VPLS Services

To delete a VPLS, you first have to lock it.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 246/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 15

15

AMS: VPLS service details

configure service vpls 300 customer 1 v-vpls vlan 3000 no shutdown

The service ID can be different from the VLAN ID, though it may be good practice tomake them equal. However service IDs live in a shared namespace between alltypes of services (e.g. L2 and L3). So conflict must be avoided and since the service

ID has a huge range [1, 2147483647], it can be useful to derive the service ID fromthe VLAN in a logical way (e.g. adding a digit).

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 247/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 16

16

AMS: Create a single SAP at a time

equipment

Select NE

Infrastructure

Layer 2

VPLS Services

VPLS Service

Create VPLS SAP

To delete a SAP, you first have to lock it.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 248/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 17

17

AMS: SAP details

configure service vpls 300 sap lt:1/1/1:3000

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 249/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 18

18

AMS: Create a number of SAPs in one go

equipment

Select NE

Infrastructure

Layer 2

VPLS Services

VPLS Service

Actions:Create Port SAPs

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 250/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 19

19

AMS: IHUB port numbering

The IHUB port numbering can be found in NT equipment view

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 251/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 20

20

Configuration of IHUB VLAN via CLI4

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 252/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 21

21

CLI: VLANs do not show IHUB “VLANs”

leg:isadmin>configure>vlan# info

configure

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

echo "vlan"

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

vlan

id 100 mode residential-bridge

exit

id 151 mode residential-bridge

broadcast-frames

exit

id 200 mode residential-bridge

exit

id 201 mode residential-bridge

exit

port-protocol 1/1/1/1:8:35 protocol-group ipoe vlan-id 150 priority 0

exit

exit

#-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 253/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 22

22

CLI: Configured services info

leg:isadmin>configure service

leg:isadmin>configure>service# info

----------------------------------------------

customer 1 create

description "Default customer"

exit

vpls 300 customer 1 v-vpls vlan 3000 create

description "VLAN 3000"

stp

shutdown

exit

sap lt:1/1/1:3000 create

exit

no shutdown

exit

----------------------------------------------

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 254/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 23

23

CLI: Show v-VPLS service overview

leg:isadmin>configure>service# show service service-using v-vpls

===============================================================================

Services [vvpls]

===============================================================================

ServiceId Type Adm Opr CustomerId Last Mgmt Change

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

151 v-VPLS Up Up 151 01/01/1970 00:00:11

188 v-VPLS Up Up 10 01/01/1970 00:00:11

190 v-VPLS Up Up 1 01/04/1970 04:42:24

200 v-VPLS Up Up 151 01/01/1970 00:00:11

300 v-VPLS Up Up 1 01/01/1970 00:00:11

1005 v-VPLS Up Up 10 01/01/1970 00:00:11

1190 v-VPLS Up Up 1 01/04/1970 04:41:58

2005 v-VPLS Up Up 10 01/01/1970 00:00:11

4080 v-VPLS Up Up 10 01/01/1970 00:00:11

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Matching Services : 9

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

===============================================================================

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 255/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 24

24

CLI: Show in which service a SAP is used

leg:isadmin># show service sap-using sap lt:1/1/1:3000

===============================================================================

Service Access Points Using Port lt:1/1/1:3000

===============================================================================

PortId SvcId Ing. Ing. Egr. Egr. Adm Opr

QoS Fltr QoS Fltr

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

lt:1/1/1:3000 300 1 none 1 none Up Up

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Number of SAPs : 1

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

===============================================================================

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 256/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 25

25

CLI: Show overall FDB

leg:isadmin># show service fdb-mac

===============================================================================

Service Forwarding Database

===============================================================================

ServId MAC Source-Identifier Type/Age Last Change

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

151 00:03:fa:3d:7d:23 sap:nt-a:sfp:1:151 L/165 01/11/1970 09:07:16

190 00:03:fa:3d:7d:23 sap:nt-a:sfp:1:190 L/15 01/11/1970 04:53:48

1190 00:0c:29:d3:b9:cf sap:lt:1/1/1:1190 L/15 01/11/1970 04:59:10

2005 9e:af:01:01:00:05 sap:nt-a:sfp:3:2005 L/0 01/03/1970 04:59:33

4080 00:02:a5:2f:8f:c7 sap:nt-a:sfp:1:4080 L/30 01/11/1970 09:09:34

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No. of Entries: 5

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Legend: L=Learned; P=MAC is protected

===============================================================================

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 257/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 26

26

CLI: Show per service FDB

leg:isadmin># show service id 4080 fdb detail

===============================================================================

Forwarding Database, Service 4080

===============================================================================

ServId MAC Source-Identifier Type/Age Last Change

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4080 00:02:a5:67:92:42 sap:nt-a:sfp:1:4080 L/30 11/10/2010 14:37:40

4080 00:03:ba:05:f1:91 sap:nt-a:sfp:1:4080 L/105 11/14/2010 20:48:44

4080 78:e7:d1:be:b4:a0 sap:nt-a:sfp:1:4080 L/45 11/14/2010 12:24:47

4080 78:e7:d1:be:b4:e4 sap:nt-a:sfp:1:4080 L/285 11/14/2010 20:57:54

4080 9e:ae:01:01:00:02 sap:nt-a:sfp:1:4080 L/0 11/10/2010 14:37:40

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No. of MAC Entries: 5

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Legend: L=Learned; P=MAC is protected

===============================================================================

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 258/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedIHUB L2 Forwarding 27

27

www.alcatel-lucent.comwww.alcatel-lucent.com

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 259/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 1

Intelligent Bridging on IACM

During class please switch off your mobile, pager or other that may interrupt.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 260/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 2

Objective

After attending this session, you should be able to:

• Describe what a Residential Bridge VLAN (= Intelligent Bridge VLAN) is

• Explain how the RB-VLAN is behaving on LT

• Create a RB-VLAN via AMS and CLI on IACM

• Associate a RB-VLAN to a bridge port with or without VLAN translation

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 261/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 3

3

Intelligent Bridging

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 262/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 4

4

The intelligent bridging model (1/3)

special layer 2 behavior needed in an access environment

• IB with VLAN tagging

Intelligent Bridge (IB) means

• distinction between network ports and user ports

o frames from a user always sent towards the network

– no user to user communication

• prevent broadcast traffic from escalating

o avoid broadcast or flooding to all users

• secure MAC-address learning within a VLAN

o avoid MAC-address duplication over multiple ports

• protocol filteringo may lead to a frame being forwarded, sent to a host processor, discarded or

forwarded & sent to a host processor

In a standard bridge all ports are treated equally. The special thing about Intelligent

Bridging is that it makes a distinction between network ports and user ports.

With Intelligent Bridging, frames received from a user will always be sent towards thenetwork and never to another user. All traffic received from a user interface is forwardedonly on the uplink, and never to other users. This avoids that a user's MAC-address isexposed to other users; and also assures that user's traffic is passing through the IP edgepoint where it can be charged for.

Unicast frames: user-to-user communication is not permitted.

Broadcast and multicast frames from a user are only forwarded to the interfacetowards the network and not to all other users.

A second difference with standard bridging is the prevention of broadcast storms:In a standard bridge, a broadcast frame will be sent to all ports in a particular VLAN. Incase of a Intelligent Bridging this is no longer true.Depending on the type of broadcast frame (depending on the protocol above Ethernet e.g.DHCP) the treatment will be different. Each protocol will deal with the restriction ofIntelligent Bridging in a different way. In all cases a broadcast to all users is avoided.E.g. Broadcast as a consequence of flooding (when the MAC DA is unknown) or in case ofmulticast.

Another difference with standard bridging is the way how MAC addresses are learnt:protection is built in to avoid the use within one particular VLAN of the same MAC addressover multiple ports.

With intelligent bridging only the following types of frames are accepted from the userports: IPv4, ARP, PPPoE, IGMP and EAPOL (used for 802.1x). Other frames will bediscarded, including multicast data frames coming from user ports.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 263/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 5

5

The intelligent bridging model (2/3)

multiple users connected to 1 VLAN ID

why VLAN translation (customer vlan to network vlan)

• wholesale per service

o Drivers: VDSL and Eth offer more BW, so it makes sense to wholesale this “in

pieces” rather than the complete DSL line as a whole

o Consequences: Model with VLANs on DSL line; behaviour equivalent to multi-VC

model on ATM/ADSL

• VLAN per service and per provider in the aggregation network

o Service provider is free to choose CPE configuration, but VLANs in aggregation

network are under control of ILEC

• ultimately 1 subscriber (1 line) may have to support 2 HSIA services or 2

video services from different service providers

There are many operators who base their network architecture on one PVC per service when

connecting ADSL subscribers. Once those operators start deploying VDSL, they areimmediately confronted with the issue, that their is no similar approach for EFMinterfaces. That’s why we have introduced VLAN Translation.

Requirement is driven by the wholesale model. Operators wants to use a network modelwhereby a given user can be subscribed to a different service provider for each service.Therefore they want to have separate "circuits" per service all the way up to the CPE.They are looking at a model of VLAN/service on the DSL line, and VLAN/service/ISP in theaggregation network.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 264/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 6

6

The intelligent bridging model (3/3)

IB-VLAN has:

• 1 or more user logical ports, subtending ports or user Ethernet ports

• 1 or more network ports

Internet

E-MAN

Network ISP2

ISP1

Routing to the

correct ISP is

based on the

VLAN-id

Routing to the correct

ISP is done based on

user-id and password

in the BRAS

E-MANNetwork 

IP

Internet

ISP

Corporate

BAS

Login to ISPor corporate

In case of Intelligent bridging multiple users are connected to the same VLAN, or in other

words we have aggregation at DSLAM level within a VLAN.

In the figure at the left we see multiple VLAN bridges supported in 1 DSLAM, to connect todifferent Service Providers (SP) (wholesale). Each SP is connected to the DSLAM with aspecific VLAN-ID. The user ports are connected to the VLAN of their corresponding SP.Multiple user ports can be associated to a single VLAN-ID.Users 2 and 5 are connected to the ISP1 VLANUsers 1, 3 & 4 are connected to the ISP2 VLAN.The MAC address lookup is performed in the forwarding table of the respective VLAN. Withthe principle that we have 1 VLAN ID per {IP-edge-DSLAM} pair this means that in eachEthernet switch the SP has its own forwarding table.

In the figure at the right we see that the routing to the correct SP is based on user-id andpassword and that all the users are connected with the same VLAN-ID to the BRAS.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 265/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 7

7

Broadcast messages & flooding US

upstream BC frames & flooding only forwarded towards network port(s)

within a VLAN

• 1 VLAN per IP-edge

• reduction of flooding in the aggregation network

• no user-to-user communication without passing the BRAS

 th rn t

BRAS PC A ISAM

PCISAM

PC B

BC or unknown MAC DA

BR

 

 VLAN 1

 VLAN 2

CPE

CPE

CPE

Blocking user to user communication at L2

The principle is to avoid that 2 users connected to the same ISAM will communicate witheach other directly at L2. In this case, when user A sends a message with destination MAC-address B, that message is sent to the uplink, not to user B.In case of PPP this is not an issue, since all messages coming from the DSL users will havedestination MAC-address = MAC-address of the BRAS

The objective is that all traffic passes a L3 box. The motivation is twofold:

Security:If direct user-to-user communication at L2 would be allowed, this would give malicioususers an easy way to find out the MAC address of other users, and then try to take itover. Note: blocking duplicate MAC-addresses will solve most of it, but if the malicious

user is waiting until the MAC-address has aged, and then tries to take it for himself, heblocks the other user.

Accounting for traffic:If we would allow for user to user communication directly in the ISAM, we would alsohave to introduce mechanisms to measure and account for the traffic. Not just forbilling purposes (most services will likely not use volume-based billing), but also forfeatures such as legal intercept. So in other words, this kind of peer-to-peer trafficwould be “hidden” to the operator, and in particular for peer to peer traffic operatorswill probably not like that.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 266/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 8

8

Broadcast messages & flooding DS

blocking of broadcast & flooding in the downstream

• Avoids messages unintentionally distributed to all users

o For some applications forwarding of BC is “needed”

o Solution: Make BC flooding / BC discarding a configurable option per VLAN

ISAM

 th rn t

BRASISAM

BC or unknownMAC DA

BR

 

CPE

CPE

CPE

In a normal bridge when a message is received with a destination MAC-address not yet in

the self-learning table, the message is broadcast to all the other interfaces.Also broadcast messages are flooded to all interfacesIn an Intelligent bridge you want to avoid that in the downstream, messages areunintentionally distributed to all users. Therefore you need to put mechanisms in placethat together with the systems set up in the upstream, will inhibit BC messages to be sentto all users and avoid the flooding of messages with unknown MAC DA to all users.

For some applications it is useful that flooding BC is possible. A solution for theseapplications is e.g. to make flooding BC/discarding BC a configurable option per VLAN.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 267/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 9

9

Intelligent Bridge

bridge: learning, aging, forwarding

• lookup MAC DA done based on VLAN and MAC-address

• intelligent bridging enhancements implemented on ISAM

independent MAC-address learning

• independent MAC-address aging

o aging timers are configurable [10...1000000] sec

o Recommended default value is 300 sec

• aging timer per VLAN

o aging timers are configurable [-1,10...1000000] sec

o Default value –1 use system Aging timer on LT

The xHUB and the LTs autonomously learn MAC addresses. They also autonomously age on

these MAC addresses. Aging timers are configurable. The idea is that the xHUB isconfigured with the same aging timer than the one of the IWF of the LT. This is needed toavoid conflicts, e.g. when the MAC address is aged on the xHUB, then the xHUB couldlearn the MAC address on another interface with unpredictable behavior as aconsequence.Once a MAC address is aged, then no downstream communication is possible until theaddress is learnt again in the upstream direction.

So it’s important that the MAC ageing time is properly configured, otherwise data-planeconnectivity may be lost between the network and the ISAM end-users (nightly SW

download on STB, incoming VoIP calls, …) In case of PPPoE traffic the MAC aging time can be kept small, because PPP has a

built-in keep-alive mechanism

In case of DHCP-based service scenario's, the MAC ageing time must be taken in thesame order of magnitude as the DHCP lease time

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 268/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 10

10

LT self-learning

only in the upstream - when initiated from user logical port

• Self-learning can be disabled per user logical port.

• In case of self-learning, limiting number of MAC addresses is possible.

LT

To Service xHUB

Learning of SourceMac@ within VLAN

NO selflearning

x

z

MacA 

MacB

MacC

We call the LT IWF half a bridge as it only learns MAC addresses in the upstream direction.

This has as a consequence that no connection can be initiated from the network side if theMAC address on the user side is not known or has not been learned yet.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 269/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 11

11

Upstream

only user to network allowed

<-- <-- <-- BC User A - LT1

Network SHUB LT --> User B - LT1

--> User C - LT4

--> User D

--> S-ASAM  

<-- <-- <-- Unknown MAC DA User A - LT1

Network SHUB LT --> User B - LT1

--> User C - LT4

--> User D

--> S-ASAM  

<-- <-- <-- Known MAC DA User A - LT1

Network SHUB LT --> User B - LT4

--> User C - LT4

--> User D

--> S-ASAM  

The ISAM only allows user to network communication in the upstream,

Blocked on the same LT by the IWF

Blocked by the port mapping configuration on the xHUB (see later)

This is valid for all cases, i.e. Broadcast (BC), Unknown MAC Destination Address and KnownMAC Destination address.

unicast frames with unknown destination MAC addresses are flooded to the networkside.

no user to user communication within the LIM

no flooding from user to user port

broadcast frames are flooded towards the NW port …

frames with known destination MAC addresses aren’t forwarded to user ports, but to thenetworkside

No user to user communication within the LT

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 270/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 12

12

Downstream

broadcast control configurable per VLAN in IB mode

BC --> --> --> User A - LT1

Network SHUB --> LT -->if BC allowed User B - LT1

--> --> User C - LT4

--> User D

--> S-ASAM  

Unknown MAC DA --> --> --> User A - LT1

Network SHUB --> LT --> User B - LT1

--> --> User C - LT4

--> User D

--> S-ASAM  

Known MAC DA --> --> --> User A - LT1

Network SHUB --> LT --> User B - LT1

--> --> User C - LT4

--> User D

--> S-ASAM  

Broadcast from Network to User only allowed if enabled by the operator, per VLAN in IB

mode.

For the ‘unknown MAC DA case’, the LT will not forward the frames to the users.

In case of a known MAC DA, all frames are forwarded.

unicast frames with known MAC DA are forwarded to the appropriate logical user port

unicast frames with unknown MAC DA are discarded

No flooding from NW port to user port

No user to user communication

By default broadcast as a consequence of flooding, which happens in case of standardbridging when the MAC DA is unknown or in case of multicast, is avoided with intelligentbridging.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 271/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 13

13

Duplicate MAC-address learning

• Traffic from duplicate MAC-address in separate DSLAM, can be distinguished

as separate flows in the Ethernet switches of the aggregation Network, when

different VLAN id per DSLAM is used

Mac Ax

Mac Ay

Mac@port

Mac A 

Mac A 

ETHPort x 

Port y 

Packet with destination address Mac A 

Problem:2 users with same MAC-address,forwarding engine can’t distinguish

 

?

If a user on line x is using a certain MAC-address and a second user on a different line y is

trying to connect with the same MAC-address, a mechanisme should be there so that thatMAC-addresses will only appear once in the (filtering db) learning table of that VLAN.

If this would not be done, then the MAC-address would be overwritten in the bridge'slearning table, such that traffic is forwarded either to user A or B in a ratherunpredictable way. so this feature allows to guarantee uniqueness of MAC-addresses in theaggregation network.

In the 7302 ISAM specific rules are implemented making sure that the MAC-address will onlybe learned once, this is what they call secure MAC-address learning

We are not only resolving the customer segregation issue but we also avoid that in case of amalicious user, user 1 cannot take over the MAC-address of user 2 (MAC-address anti-

spoofing, blocking duplicate MAC-address)PS: MAC-addresses are supposed to be unique per VLAN. They are not necessarily unique for

the complete system.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 272/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 14

14

CPE

Secure MAC address learning

xHUB

• MAC movement to highest priority

• Within priority , always MAC

Movement

• Within priority , MAC movement

only when feature is enabled in the

VLAN

LT

• Blocking duplicate MAC-address

Static MAC-addresses never disappear

from learning table

user links

subtendinglinks

E-MAN network links,outband MGT link 

 ASAM links

NT

LT

LT

Control link 

IWF

IWF

1

2

3

3

3

3

2

2

3

CPE

CPE

On the IWF

If the MAC-address was already configured or learnt on another user logical port, the MAC-address won’t be learnt on the second port and the frame is dropped (Conflict alarm)

On the xHUBYou have the possibility to provision, if MAC movement is allowed or not on a per VLANbasis. The default value is no MAC movement .Mac movement means that in case the same MAC-SA is received on a second interface ,the MAC-address will enter the learning table of that interface and is removed from the1stIf you do not perform MAC movement, it means that the duplicate MAC-address is notlearnt on the 2nd interface and the frames are discarded

If the xHUB receives a frame with MAC SA on a different interface than previously learnt,then it will apply the following rules:

Control interface has first priority: Learning a MAC address on the control interface willalways take priority on the learning of MAC addresses on a network, an ASAM user orsubtending interface, irrespective of the order of learning.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 273/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 15

Network interface has second priority: In case the MAC address is first learnt on asubtending, ASAM or user port, and then on an Ethernet network interface, then thismovement of the MAC address will be learnt (meaning that the MAC address on thesubtending, user or ASAM port is removed). In case the Duplicate MAC-address is learnt ona network interface but it was learnt before on another NW interface the last one takespriority.

ASAM link, subtending link, user link have third priority. If the duplicate MAC address isreceived on a ASAM, user or subtending port, and the same MAC address is already learnton an Ethernet network interface in the same VLAN, then the MAC address is not learntand the frame is dropped.

If the duplicate MAC address is learnt on a DSLAM, user or subtending port, and the sameMAC address was already learnt on a port within this priority the action will depend on theconfiguration of the VLAN. ( MAC movement allowed or not – configurable per VLAN).

Well-known MAC addresses (e.g., MAC addresses allocated for IEEE protocols, ...) will not belearnt. Also the MAC address of the xHUB is a well known MAC address.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 274/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 16

16

Secure MAC address learning

configure maximum number MAC-addresses per port

• prevents attacks that would fill up the bridging tables

• subscription rules: maximum devices connected simultaneously

configure MAC-addresses for discarding

2x

Max Mac@port

Mac A 

ETH

Port x 

Connectedvia PPPoE

MacBMacC

bridged

IP

Internet

ISP

BAS

MacAx

MacBx

Mac@port

PADI with source address=MacC

ISAM

00-08-02-E9-F2-9DID

Discard Mac@VLAN

There are 2 motivations to block the number of MAC-addresses per port :

- Security: avoid that a malicious user can fill up all the complete bridging table of devicesin the network (DSLAM and others), by sending traffic with different MAC addresses.

- Service differentiation: by limiting the number of MAC addresses per port, theoperator can offer different types of service subscriptions to the user, limiting orallowing a certain number of devices to connect simultaneously to the network. Forthis application, it is clear that the limitation should be configurable per port.

Note:In this example the users PCs are connected to the internet via PPPoE. In that caseactually the BAS also has the possibility to limit the number of PPPoE sessions per user-id.Within PPPoE, the unique PPPoE session-id can be used to provide this additional security.

The BAS can use the PPPoE session-id for user-identification during the session itself whichis linked to an earlier username/password given during the PPPoE session set-up. The BASknows that user has been given so many sessions. If you have information on VP/VC youcan of course also additionaly limit the number of PPPoE sessions per VP/VC. In case ofEthernet Backhaul however the BAS has no info on the VP/VC.

Within DHCP there is no information that identifies the user. In that case limiting thenumber of MAC-addresses learnt per port on the DSLAM is a possible solution, but whatwith a multi-edge environment? .If we want the DHCP server itself to be able to limite the number of sessions of the user,the DHCP request needs to provide the information that defines the user ( VP/VC , port …)This is possible by implementing DHCP-option 82 (see later)

During the creation of a RB-VLAN in the Residentail Bridge VLAN service template, a list ofMAC-addresses for discarding can be added.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 275/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 17

17

Configuration

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 276/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 18

18

IB VLAN set-up

VLAN set-up:

•   create VLAN

o creation of Residential BridgeVLAN on IACM

o assign qos ingress profile name forGPON (see annex A)

•   Add ports to VLAN

o on LTs

Via AMS

• Different versions of one VLANpossible

Create VLAN forservice to be deployed

 Add ports to VLAN

Here you’ll learn how to:

Distinguish different forwarding models and choose the right VLAN mode for a certainforwarding model

Create a VLAN on IACM, either using 5520AMS or using CLI

Assign qos ingress profile name

Add ports to a VLAN.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 277/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 19

Routed mode: Forwarding decision in IACM is based on L3 (IP forwarding) . xHUBbehaves as a Full router.

L2 terminated on IACM: association with V-VLAN based on IP DA.

In Cross-connect mode different models exist

C-VLAN cross-connect : Straightforward VLAN cross-connect model where oneor more VLANs at the EMAN side are associated with a given PVC at the userside

CC on IACM : only one end-user port (PVC or bridge port EFM) associated toa specific C-VLAN

CC on shub: since there’s only one user associated to a specific C-VLAN onthe xHUB, one ASAM-link and one or more network ports are associated tothe VLAN

S-VLAN at the EMAN side is associated with a PVC at the user side, the C-VLANscarried within the S-VLAN are then passed transparently to the end user.

CC on IACM : only one end-user port (PVC or bridge port EFM) associated toa specific S-VLAN

CC on SHUB: since there’s only one user associated to a specific S-VLAN onthe xHUB one ASAM-link and one or more network ports are associated tothe S-VLAN

S-VLAN/C-VLAN cross-connect mode : PVC – C-VLAN mapping, where the S-VLAN tag can be used by the EMAN as route-identifier towards the ISAM

CC on IACM : Different end-user ports (PVC or bridge port EFM) can be

associated to a specific S-VLAN.The C-VLAN identifies the user-port

CC on SHUB: since there’s can be many users associated to a specific S-VLAN on the xHUB all ASAM-link and one or more network ports areassociated to the VLAN.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 278/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 20

20

Creation of IB VLAN on NE

Network

Select NE

Infrastructure

Layer 2

Create VLAN

VLAN

see next slide

S-VLAN Id = 0

5520AMS doesn’t use templates for VLANs. The only way to configure VLANs is on the NE

itself.

For a residential bridge VLAN, the S-TAG = 0. No stacked VLANs for intelligent bridging!(The reason why you see the S-VLAN id is that the same screens are used for cross-connect, where you can have stacked VLANs indeed.)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 279/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 21

21

Creation of IB VLAN on IACM

mode: RB

protocol filter (PPPoE / IPoE)

Virtual MAC translation

DHCP option 82

PPPoE relay tag

broadcast control

Not all parameters can be configured here already. You can configure e.g. static MAC

addresses afterwards. See further.

From R3.5 VLAN specific aging time can be set. If set, this value will override the IACMLayer2 - Ethernet System Parameters – Forwarding Database Aging Time. If on the otherhand the default value –1 is left, the IACM system parameter is used.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 280/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 22

22

Modifying IB VLAN on IACM

Static MAC addressesNetwork

Select NE

Infrastructure

Layer 2

Static MAC Address

VLAN

Select VLAN

MAC Addresses

Static

Create

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 281/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 23

23

IB Configuration of SYSTEM and/or per VLAN aging timer

L  T   S  i  d  e 

P  e r   V  L   A  N  

CLI Commands: System aging timers IACM

Configure bridge ageing-time [10...1000000]

CLI Command: MAC aging PER VLAN (IACM)

Configure vlan id 200 aging-time [-1,10...1000000]

Default value –1 IACM system settings are used.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 282/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 24

24

Residential bridge parameters

Broadcast control on LT

• Only applicable in IB mode

o Disabled (default):

– BC in IWF on LT blocked in DS

o Enabled:

– Allow BC in DS

BC button not checked by Default

LT

FromServiceHub

MAC-DA Broadcast

Disabled: Button not checked

Enabled: Button checked

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 283/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 25

25

Creation of IB VLAN via CLI

Vlan ID range: 1 to 4093

• exluding the VLAN ID used for management

Create VLAN on IACM

• configure vlan id < VLAN ID> mode <VLAN Mode >

CONFIGURATION OF VLAN ON IACM

Id: [2...4093,4097] vlan id

Name: optional parameter with default value: "“ name

Mode: Mandatory parameter with possible values (on IACM):1) cross-connect, 2) residential-bridge, 3) qos-aware, 4) layer2-terminated

Priority: optional parameter with default value: 0. Range: {0...7}

[no]switch-broadcast: optional parameter to control downstream broadcast frames(default value:"discard-broadcast“). Broadcast control is configurable per VLAN: on/off 

[No] broadcast frames ‘broadcast frames’ means: broadcast allowed (= ON)

[no] protocol filter (default: pass all).Other possibilities: pass pppoe ,pass ipoe,pass pppoe-ipoe

[no]enable-pppoe-relay: optional parameter with default value: "disable-pppoe-relay“adding tag for pppoe relayed traffic (rb vlan)

[no]dhcp-opt-82-on: optional parameter with default value: "dhcp-opt-82-off“ enable addingdhcp option 82 (rb vlan)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 284/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 26

26

Residential bridge parameters

DHCP option 82/PPPoE Relay Tag

• Disabled (default):

o no option 82/PPPoE information added by LT

• Enabled:

o option 82/PPPoE information added by LT

Protocol Group Filter

• Different from Protocol based VLAN association

• 3 possibilities

o All : allow all protocols on VLAN

o IPoE: allow only IPoE on VLAN

o PPPoE : allow only PPPoE on VLAN

o PPPoE + IPoE: allow only PPPoE and IPoE on VLAN

Ingress QoS Profile

for NGLT-x only, see annex

Protocol based VLAN association see later

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 285/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 27

27

IB VLAN association

on bridge port

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 286/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 28

28

Logical user port – xDSL/ATM

xDSL based on ATM

• 1 VP/VC is mapped on1 logical user port on IWF of LT

• xDSL line can have multiple VP/VCs

LT 1

PVC / Logicaluser port

CPE

 x/ATM/ADSL x/Eth  x/Eth

IWFF  W

E n gi  n e

xDSL based on ATM

1 VP/VC used per service (HSI, VoIP, STB), max 8 VP/VC per xDSL line

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 287/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 29

29

Logical user port – VDSL/EFM or P2PEth

xDSL based on Ethernet (VDSL2/EFM)

• 1 end user is mapped to one logicaluser port on the IWF of the LT

o one to one mapping

o subscriber VLANs can be defined

LT 1

CPE

 x/Eth  x/Eth

IWFF  W

E n

 gi  n e

EFM / Logicaluser port

 X/Eth/Phys layer

xDSL based on Ethernet

VLAN per Service on UNI for all services, VLAN translation

CPE generates the VLAN in function of the (ISP, Service), potentially requiring CPEmanagement in case of wholesaling

QoS discrimination per VLAN (priority remarking, policing, …)

Multicast replication (one VLAN only)

Option 82 and PPP relay in ISAM (ideally with VLAN Id in option 82 or PPPoE relay tag)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 288/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 30

30

Logical user port - GPON

GEM based encapsulation

• 1 UNI on the ONT is mapped on1 logical user port on IWF of LT

• 1 ONT can have multiple VP/VCs

LT x 

IWF F  W

E n gi  n e

for successfully making a bridge port member of a VLAN,the correspondig qos interface needs to be configured

see Annex A

This enables the capability to learn mac addresses in the LT. But currently there is no

means yet to transport data upstream, out of the ONT on to the LT. This means is the T-CONT which still needs to be set up (see later)!

If you try to make the bridge port member of a VLAN already you’ll get an error message:

Attach Ingress QoS Profile to Vlan Port refused due to missing bandwidth profile onQueue

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 289/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 31

31

IB VLAN association of port on IACM

One logical user port can be mapped to multiple VIDs

One logical port associated to Cross Connect orResidential-bridge VIDs

One logical user port can accept tagged or untaggedframes

• Configured on the level of VID Association

Per user logical port a PVID can be defined

• Before PVID can be configured VLAN association has to be configured

o Configuration of VID within the bridged port

Support of 48 x 16 = 768 I-Bridges• on L3 LIMs

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 290/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 32

32

IB VLAN association

Port based VLAN association

• VLAN ID based on port of arrival

• untagged frames, receive port VLAN identifier – PVIDo Also called the default VLAN ID

Port-and-protocol-based VLAN classification

• VID based on port of arrival and the protocol identifier of the frame

• multiple VLAN-IDs associated with port of the bridge – VID set

VLAN Translation

• VID based on port of arrival and translated to a network VID

A VLAN bridge supports port-based VLAN classification, and may, in addition, support port-

and-protocol-based VLAN classification

In port-based VLAN classification within a bridge, the VLAN-ID associated with an untaggedor priority tagged frame is determined based on the port of arrival of the frame into thebridge. This classification mechanism requires the association of a specific Port VLANIdentifier, or PVID, with each of the bridge’s ports. In this case, the PVID for a given portprovides the VLAN-ID for untagged and priority tagged frames received through that port.

For bridges that implement port-and-protocol-based VLAN classification, the VLAN-IDassociated with an untagged or priority-tagged frame is determined based on the port ofarrival of the frame into the bridge and on the protocol identifier of the frame.For port-and-protocol based tagging, the VLAN bridge will have to look at the Ethertype,

the SSAP, or the SNAP-type of the incoming frames. When the protocol is identified, theVID associated with the protocol group to which the protocol belongs will be assigned tothe frame. This classification mechanism requires the association of multiple VLAN-IDswith each of the ports of the bridge; this is known as the “VID Set” for that port.

BTV and Port & protocol-based VLAN on R3.1-3.2

the port default VLAN must be chosen equal to the VLAN used for BTV traffic

no protocol based VLAN must be defined for IP, otherwise we end up generating awrong tag when issuing IGMP messages to the end user

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 291/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 33

33

IB VLAN association of port on IACM

Frames received from end users are

untagged

• user port can be mapped to multiple

VID using port-protocol based

association or PVID

Frames received from end users are

tagged

• on logical port define different VIDs

and configure frames received from

end-user as tagged

• send frames back to the subscriber

to be set as single tagged

E-MANNetwork 

CPELT

E-MANNetwork 

CPELT

IPoE PPPoE xxx 

= PVID

IPoE

PPPoE

 xxx 

Behavior of the RB VLAN Association on the AMS

Frames received by the end users are tagged

Association Settings Send frames back to the subscriber as: Single Tagged

Frames received from end users are untagged

Association Settings Send frames back to the subscriber as: Untagged

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 292/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 34

34

IB VLAN association of port on IACM

VLAN Translation, frames received from end users are tagged

 VLAN per service& per provider

 VLAN per service& per provider

 VLAN 1 (HSIA)Bridge 10 VLAN 10 (HSIA, SP1)

 VLAN 2 (Video)Bridge 20 VLAN 20 (VoD, SP1)

MCast

 VLAN 30 (BTV, SP1)

 VLAN 3 (Voice)Bridge 40 VLAN 40 (Voice, SP3)

 VLAN 5 (HSIA)Bridge 11 VLAN 11 (HSIA, SP2)

 VLAN 6 (Video)Bridge 21 VLAN 21 (VoD, SP2)

 VLAN 31 (BTV, SP2)

Subscriber VLAN

Network VLAN

Bridge Port

CPE

There are many operators who base their network architecture on one PVC per service when

connecting ADSL subscribers. Once those operators start deploying VDSL, they need to usethe VLAN as a "PVC emulation".

The ISAM support the ability to emulate a multi-PVC configuration on an EFM interface usingthe VLAN as a "PVC emulation", i.e. it is possible to associate a set of VLAN Id's at thesubscriber interface with a set of forwarding engines being chosen from the following list :

VLAN-CC (Transparent or Protocol aware) In this case, the C-VLAN received at the userside is either forwarded as a C-VLAN CC or encapsulated into an S-VLAN (VLANstacking).

i-Bridge In this case, the VLAN received at the user side will be bridged into an i-bridgeidentified by the same VLAN Id.

IP Aware Bridge

IP Routing

Additionally, in case of VLAN-CC or i-Bridge, we support VLAN translation to makewholesaling possible without impacting the CPE configuration : starting from a set of pre-defined C-VLAN tags at the CPE side (i.e. the same for all CPEs), it is possible to retag thereceived packet with a new C-VLAN (VLAN-CC or i-bridge) or a stacked VLAN (VLAN-CC), sothat the traffic can be passed to the VLAN associated with the couple (serivce provider,service).

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 293/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 35

35

Configuration of the port on VLAN in IB

 Add ports to VLAN

on IACMBridge port – VID mapping

on xHUBDefine egress ports withinthe VLAN

 Aggregationfunction

GE1

Externalethernetlinks

 ASAMlinks

Controllink 

FE

LIM

IWF

Control/mgtfunctions

GE16

LIM

IWF

PVC

…..

PVC

GE/FE 1

GE/FE 2

…..

GE/FE 7

In the xHUB

Create VLAN in RB mode

Add NW interfaces and all ASAM interfaces to this VLAN

In the ASAM

Create VLAN in RB mode

Add port to VLAN

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 294/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 36

36

Create VLAN association on bridge port (1/2)

Network

Select configured bridge port

Create

VLAN Association

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 295/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 37

37

Create VLAN association on bridge port (2/2)

define scope (local for subscriber VLAN

send frames back to subscriber as: untagged

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 296/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 38

38

Define PVID on bridge port

Modify VLAN association Object details view

select default VLAN and click OK

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 297/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 39

39

RB VLAN association with VLAN translation

VLAN scope: local

Network

Select configured bridge port

Create

VLAN Association

local subscriber VLAN

select network VLAN

E.g. you configure a RB VLAN association with VLAN translation on a VDSL EFM bridge port.

The modem is configured in such a way that it generates tagged traffic, e.g. localsubscriber VLAN 10. This subscriber VLAN is translated into the network VLAN 150.

All frames returned to the subscriber should again have VLAN tag 10.Configure that the frames returned to the subscriber should be single-tagged.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 298/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 40

40

IB VLAN association of port on IACM (CLI)

define VIDs in the “configure bridge port” command

• configure bridge port 1/1/<slot>/<port>:<VP>:<VC># 

vlan-id <VLAN ID> or

vlan-id stacked <S-VLAN ID:C-VLAN ID>

VLAN translation

• configure bridge port 1/1/<slot>/<port>:<VP>:<VC>#

vlan-id <VLAN ID> vlan-scope <local> network-vlan <VLAN ID>

define PVIDs in the “configure bridge port” command

• configure bridge port 1/1/<slot>/<port>:<VP>:<VC># 

pvid <VLAN ID>

No VLAN Translation:

leg:isadmin>configure>bridge>port>1/1/4/1:8:36# vlan-id 720

leg:isadmin>configure>bridge>port>1/1/4/1:8:36# info

#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

port 1/1/4/1:8:36

max-unicast-mac 4

vlan-id 720

exit

Exit

With VLAN Translation:

leg:isadmin>configure>bridge>port>1/1/4/1:8:36# vlan-id 100 vlan-scope localnetwork-vlan 720

leg:isadmin>configure>bridge>port>1/1/4/1:8:36# info

#---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

port 1/1/4/1:8:36

max-unicast-mac 4

vlan-id 100

network-vlan 720

vlan-scope local

exit

Exit

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 299/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 41

41

Deletion of VLAN

first remove VLAN associations on VLAN

then delete VLAN

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 300/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 42

42

Deletion of VLAN

It is not possible to delete a VLAN if there are still ports attached to the

VLAN

Deleting VLAN on IACM

• configure vlan no id <VLAN ID>

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 301/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 43

43

VLAN related show commands

Selection of multiple show vlan commands

• Display list of command via “Show vlan ?”

• Interesting commands on IACM

o show vlan residential bridge <VLAN ID>

gives al bridge ports connected to vlan

o show vlan bridge-port-fdb < bridge port id >

gives all MAC-adresses learned or configured on that port

o show vlan fdb <VLAN ID>

gives you MAC -adresses learned on all ports of that vlan

o show vlan port-vlan-map <bridge port id>

gives all the VLANS to which that port is mapped

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 302/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 44

44

Annex A: Basic GPON QoS configs

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 303/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 45

45

Ingress QoS profile

configure qos profiles

ingress-qos all-in-one

dot1-p0-tc 0dot1-p1-tc 0

dot1-p7-tc 0

configure vlan id 150 mode residential-bridge

(secure-forwarding)in-qos-prof-name name:all-in-one

all p-bits are mapped to the same TC

hence all traffic enters one single queue

the p-bit mappings are actually/also needed on the ONT

they are downloaded to the ONT when provisioning the bridge port!

The ingress qos profile corresponds more or less to the PQ-profile from the 7342!

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 304/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 46

46

Bandwidth profile

configure qos profiles

bandwidth CBR1000

committed-info-rate 1000

assured-info-rate 1000

excessive-info rate 1000

delay-tolerance 80

configure qos interface 1/1/5/1/33/1/1

upstream-queue 0 bandwidth-profile name:CBR1000

by default, one T-CONT will be assigned per queue,unless bandwidth sharing is enabled!

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 305/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 47

47

www.alcatel-lucent.comwww.alcatel-lucent.com

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 306/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 1

IP routing (L3) in the IHUB

During class please switch off your mobile, pager or other that may interrupt.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 307/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 2

Objective

After completing this section, you’ll be able to:

• Describe IP routing and explain why IP routing is layer 3 forwarding.

• Retrieve IP routing data from the ISAM (both with AMS and CLI)

• Configure IP routing on the ISAM (both with AMS and CLI)

Using VPRN with static user IP addresses and default route

Adding DHCP relay

Adding IP Routing protocols on the IP interface towards the network

Configure the Base Router

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 308/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 3

TAC03002_D_ Ed 01 P07 3 © 2009 Alcatel-Lucent., All rights reserved

3

Table of contents

1. Concepts & Principles. . . . . . . .

2. VPRN/IES IHUB configuration . . . . . . .

3. DHCP Relay IHUB Configuration . . . . . .

4. IP Routing – IS-IS protocol IHUB Configuration . . . . .

5. IP / MAC Filters . . . . . . .

6. Base Router configuration . . . . . .

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 309/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 4

4

Concepts & Principles1

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 310/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 5

TAC03002_D_ Ed 01 P07 5 © 2009 Alcatel-Lucent., All rights reserved

5

Supported forwarding models

NANT-D/E NANT-A

VLAN-CC

C-VLAN-CC (Transparent / Protocol aware)  

S-VLAN-CC (Transparent)  

S+C VLAN-CC (Transparent / Protocol aware)  

IPoA CC (Transparent)  

Bridging(Enhanced) I-Bridge  

PPP Forwarder (PPPoX with MAC@ conc.)  

IP Aware Bridge -  

IP RoutingOld Model (IP forwarding @ LT) -  

New model (E-I-bridge @ LT)  

MPLS

VLL   -

Simplified VPLS

(S-VPLS = I-bridge with MPLS uplink) -

IPv6

Protocol aware VLAN-CC  

(Enhanced) I-Bridge  

IP routing   -

DR6 R40

DR6 R40

      F    u      t    u    r    e

Single VRMulti VR

Remark : MPLS only supported from R4.1

VLL – Virtual Leased Line

Different forwarding modes are supported in order to make it fit into different network modelsof different operators.

If the DSLAMs are mainly connected to a bridged Metro Ethernet network, the MAC scalabilitymay become an issue when only layer 2 forwarding is done in the DSLAM.In that case the MAC addresses of all end-user terminals will have to be learned in the Metro-Ethernet network, while the MAC tables of bridges are quite limited. In that case, it willprobably be better to use the layer 2+ or L3 forwarding function of the ISAM.

However, if IP routers are used in the Metro Ethernet Network close to the DSLAMs, MACscalability will not be an issue, and layer 2 forwarding in the DSLAM may be an interestingoption, because in general layer 2 means less configuration effort. With 7302 ISAM, operatorshave the flexibility to choose the forwarding mode which best fits in their network.

In general, the previous layer 2 and layer 3 forwarding functions are an overkill for network-VPN services towards business customers, given the number of connections to the same VPNfrom one DSLAM will be mostly only one, or only very few connections per VPN. In suchcases, the VLAN cross-connect mode of the ISAM is much more appropriate for these businessusers:

less configuration effort,

avoid too many bridges or routers in one VPN.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 311/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 6

TAC03002_D_ Ed 01 P07 6 © 2009 Alcatel-Lucent., All rights reserved

6

L3 functionality

Network 

side Userside

Eth-VLAN

7302/7330 ISAM

Phys layer

 ATM

Eth

IP

Phys layer

 ATM

IP

Eth – (VLAN)

IP

Phys layer

Eth

IP

L3

Encapsulation at user side:

• ATM IPoE over ATM or IPoA

• EFM IPoE

From network point of view, the ISAM behaves as a L3-hop / a router

Forwarding of the packets is based on IP. The IP addresses of the end-users on ISAM and theIP address of the IP-edge do not belong to the same subnet.

In routed mode (like in IP aware bridge mode) ISAM supports only untagged ethernet frameswhen coming from the user-side.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 312/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 7

TAC03002_D_ Ed 01 P07 7 © 2009 Alcatel-Lucent., All rights reserved

7

ISAM as a full router

Forwarding based on IP destination address

• IP-@ of user learnt (DHCP snooping) or statically configured

ISAM is next hop

IPNetwork 

IHUBIPR1

MACR1

LT

IPB

MACB

IP A 

MAC A 

Edge Router IPR

MACR

IP subnet 2IP subnet 1

In the IP routing model, the ISAM acts as a standard router towards the network and the end-users. The ISAM is

used as a default gateway by the end-users connected to the DSLAM. Seen from the network, the ISAM is seenas a next hop for reaching the subscribers’ subnets. End-users IP addresses and IP address of the edge routerare part of different subnets. Routing is done in between by the ISAM.

The IP routing model of the ISAM is a typical router implementation with increased security and scalability,allowing to use cheaper devices (that is, simple Ethernet switches) in the aggregation network. It can becharacterized as follows:

Packets are forwarded based on the IP DA with the ISAM acting as a next hop.

IP connectivity towards the end user can be established statically by the operator or learned dynamically byinspecting the DHCP messages exchanged between the subscriber and the DHCP server during the IP sessionestablishment.

IP connectivity towards the network and the subtending nodes can be established statically by the operatoror dynamically by routing protocols.

Service Level Agreement (SLA) enforcement can be achieved by means of policing and ACL, and this atvarious granularity levels.

Improved security:

Subscriber MAC addresses are never propagated to the network

User-to-user communication can optionally be blocked

ARP messages do not cross the ISAM leading to not broadcasting ARP messages to all subscribers

IP address anti-spoofing and ACL

Improved scalability

The ISAM presents a single MAC address towards the network

The broadcast message load generated by the subscribers towards the network is reduced by either

handling them locally (for example, ARP) or by converting them into unicast messages (for example, L3DHCP relay).

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 313/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 8

TAC03002_D_ Ed 01 P07 8 © 2009 Alcatel-Lucent., All rights reserved

8

IP routing - principle

ISAM is next hop

Directly connected subnets (to users and ER)configured on ISAM

• Numbered interfaces on IHUB

o IP@ on interfaces of VPRN or IES

o MACISAM

IPNetwork 

IHUB

LT

IPB

MACB

IP A 

MAC A 

Edge Router  VPRNNext-Hop IP

 VLAN w  EIB V-VPLS x 

IPR1

MACISAM

IPR2

MACISAM

Next-Hop

IP x 

MACx 

 V-VPLS x 

Virtual Port

 VLAN w 

In the routed mode from the network side the ISAM is seen as a next hop for reaching the

subscribers’ subnets.From end-users perspective, the ISAM is their default gateway.

The interfaces mapped on the VPRN or IES have public IP-addresses(I.e. numbered interfaces on the VPRN on the IHUB toward network and end-user)

The ISAM will use the system-mac@ of the IHUB (= MACISAM) when forwardingIP-packets towards the network.This means that the MAC@ of the end-user in case of routed mode are totally protected fromthe network.In case of routed mode, only one MAC@ per ISAM is propagated to the network.

Note: The MAC@ used by the IHUB to forward its IP-packets towards the LTs is of noimportance, since this MAC@ is not propagated to the end-user.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 314/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 9

TAC03002_D_ Ed 01 P07 9 © 2009 Alcatel-Lucent., All rights reserved

9

IP routing, things to consider

Scalability

• VLAN shared by N ISAMs:

o Less VLANs needed

• MAC@ concentration, switches learn MAC@ of ISAM

o 1:48*16 reduction factor (Easier for EMAN)

• NT is next hop

o ARP issued by ISAM, not by all subscribers

ISAM1

ISAM2

CPEBridge

IP1 MAC1 

IP2 MAC2 

IP3 MAC3 

IP101 MAC101 

IP102 MAC102 

IP103 MAC103 

CPEBridge

CPEBridge

IP201 MAC201 

IP202 MAC202 

IP203 MAC203 

BR

MAC

MAC-ISAM1MAC-ISAM2

IP edge

 ARP

IP-ISAM1IP-ISAM2

HSIA 

 VoIP

BTV 

 VoD

 VLAN 100

 VLAN 200

 VLAN 300

Common  VLAN per Service 

 VLAN 400

 VLAN 100

 VLAN 200

 VLAN 300

 VLAN 400

V L  A N  1 0 0 V L  A N  2 0 0 V L  A N  3 0 0 V L  A N  4 0 0  R

R

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 315/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 10

TAC03002_D_ Ed 01 P07 10 © 2009 Alcatel-Lucent., All rights reserved

10

IP routing with enhanced IB at IACM

enhanced iBridge at IACM

• IP anti-spoofing / ARP anti-spoofing

• ARP relay

• discard local ARP

• in case of IPoA XC, MAC LT will be used

• VMAC can be used to replace MAC-@ of CPE

IPNetwork 

IHUB

LTEdge Router  VPRNNext-Hop IP

 VLAN w  EIB V-VPLS x 

Next-Hop

IP x 

MACx 

 V-VPLS x 

Virtual Port

 VLAN w 

VPRN = Virtual Private Routed Network

On the IHUB, you have only one IES (configured by default) and upto 64 different VPRNservices.In the case of IP Routing as a forwarding model (L3 model), the IHUB is the default gatewayof the end-users.

Other reasons to use VPRN could be for control functions, e.g. DHCP relay. Later (with theintroduction of MPLS), it could be the starting point of an end-to-end L3 VPRN service in theoperator network.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 316/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 11

TAC03002_D_ Ed 01 P07 11 © 2009 Alcatel-Lucent., All rights reserved

11

Principle – forwarding

Routing on IHUB

• Separate FIB per VPRN

oNormal routing functionality

Enhanced IB on LT

• Through DHCP snooping or static

configuration, IP-@ are learnt on user

port

ISP/Internet

ISAM FIB NT

SN 1 IP@ER1SN 2 [email protected]/0 IPz

IPNetwork 

IHUB

LT

 VPRNNext-Hop IP

 VLAN w  EIB V-VPLS x 

Next-Hop

IP x 

MACx 

 V-VPLS x 

Virtual Port

 VLAN w 

Edge Router

FIB = Forwarding Information Base

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 317/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 12

TAC03002_D_ Ed 01 P07 12 © 2009 Alcatel-Lucent., All rights reserved

12

ARP handling

ARP handling on LT (secure forwarding)

• ARP relay (no BC to all users)

• ARP anti-spoofing (IP SA must be known)

• Discard local ARP

ARP on IHUB

• IHUB is Next Hop

• Handles ARP like any other router

IPNetwork 

IHUB

LTEdge Router  VPRNNext-Hop IP

 VLAN w  EIB V-VPLS x 

Next-Hop

IP x 

MACx 

 V-VPLS x 

Virtual Port

 VLAN w 

ARP RelayARP anti-spoofingDiscard local ARP

ARP

The ARP handling in the IHUB will happen as in a conventional router.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 318/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 13

13

VPRN IHUB configuration2

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 319/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 14

14

What do we need?

1 VLAN on the IACM

2 V-VPLSes:

• both towards users and network

• Appropriate SAPs

1 VPRN L3 service

Interfaces:

• One towards the network

• One towards the user side

IHUB

IES / VPRN

 Virtual Port

V-VPLSV-VPLS

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 320/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 15

TAC03002_D_ Ed 01 P07 15 © 2009 Alcatel-Lucent., All rights reserved

15

Creating V-VPLS (1/2)

The VLAN ID on the network side doesn’t refer to an existing VLANon the ISAM

The VLAN ID on the user side refers to the corresponding VLAN onthe IACM

Normally you have seen how to create a V-VPLS in the Layer 2 forwarding models (IBridge,

Cross Connect, …)

The V-VPLS towards the end-user side, will be connected to a existing VLAN on the IACM thatneeds to be created (process is well know so not repeated here)

The V-VPLS towards the network side, gets a VLAN ID that does not represent an existing VLANconfigured on the ISAM. The VLAN ID has to be defined and used in the network (i.e. the nexthop, be it Service Router or Ethernet Switch).

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 321/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 16

16

Creating V-VPLS (2/2)

For SAP, choose correct Network port (starting at IHUB port 2) and

user side port (starting at IHUB port 10)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 322/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 17

TAC03002_D_ Ed 01 P07 17 © 2009 Alcatel-Lucent., All rights reserved

17

Create VPRN service

In the Equipment Perspective, under ‘Infrastructure’ you’ll find the ‘Layer 3’ section

Here you can both configure the Base Router and L3 services (at this time you can only createVPRN services, as only one IES is allowed which is generally created during turn-up formanagement purposes)

Instead of a VPRN service, an IES service can be used as well, although we need to be awarethat then the Base Router is used and so the routing table is shared with the managementnetwork.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 323/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 18

18

Create VPRN service

Only 1 IES allowed (and

created by default)

The same customer can be defined on multiple ISAMs is it has a VPN service (VPLS or VPRN)

that spans multiple network elements.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 324/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 19

19

VPRN creation - result

Set to ‘Locked’ when deleting VPRN

Corresponds with shutdown in CLI (IPD terminology)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 325/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 20

20

Set Route Distinguisher

To configure the

service selection:

Set Route Distinguisher

Only needed for a VPRN service, not for an IES service.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 326/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 21

21

Creating Interface on VPRN (1/4)

Interface ID represents an

internal numbering of the

interfacing within the context

of VPRN

Simply numbering in ascending

order starting at e.g. 2 will

suffice

2

If you use Interface ID == 1, the interface is seen as a system interface.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 327/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 22

22

Creating Interface on VPRN (2/4)

Interface on the Router part of

VPRN is automatically

created

2

2

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 328/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 23

TAC03002_D_ Ed 01 P07 23 © 2009 Alcatel-Lucent., All rights reserved

23

Creating Interface on VPRN (3/4)

1 = Main address2-16 = Secondary 

2

Again the ID of the IP address is nothing more than an internal numbering (ascending starting at

1 should suffice)

When filling in the IP address, always be aware of what kind of interface you are configuring:

Towards the users you are dealing with a default gateway to your end users

Towards the network the interface will be part of the same subnet as the gateway of theISAM, which is the IP address on the interface of the Edge Router

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 329/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 24

24

Creating Interface on VPRN (4/4)

Adding a L3 SAP to the interfaceequipment

Select NE

Infrastructure

Layer 3

L3 Services

Select VPRN

SAPs

From AMS 9.0.2 onwards, this is done directly under the service interface

After the configuration of the actual IP interface, a SAP can be added (so called L3 SAP).

TAC03002_D_ Ed 01 P07 24 © 2009 Alcatel-Lucent., All rights reserved

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 330/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 25

25

VPRN configuration - CLI

configure service vprn <svc-id> customer <cust-id>

create

route-distinguisher 11190:0

interface "toUsers" create

address 21.21.190.1/24

sap nt:vp:1:1190 create

exit

exit

interface "toNetwork" create

address 10.10.190.21/24sap nt:vp:1:190 create

exit

exit

static-route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop 10.10.190.1

no shutdown

For IES:

configure service ies …

No route-distinguisher

Routing (i.e. static-route here) is done under configure router …

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 331/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 26

26

DHCP Relay IHUB configuration3

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 332/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 27

27

DHCP Relaying Configuration – IHUB

 When a DHCP message is relayed, IP Addressfield will be used as Gi@.

Default: (0.0.0.0) = IP@ of the user interface.

Else:

One of the interface’s IP addresses can beconfigured

 When a DHCP message is relayed, indicated field will be used as Source-IP@.

Default: = Interface own IP address , else:

Configured relay IP address can be used.

We will ocnfigure the DHCP relay on the interface towards the end-user, since that interface

belongs to the same subnet as the IP addresses of the end-users.

To change Gateway Interface IP-Address field at CLI:

Note: The IP address that will be given as a relay IP address must be one of the interface’s IPaddresses.

configure service vprn <vprn_id> interface <interface_name> dhcp gi-address<relay_ip_address> src-ip-addr <src_ip_address>

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 333/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 28

28

1. Configure and enable the DHCP relay agent on the IP interface of theservice.

• For VPRN service, use the following commands:

o configure service vprn <service-id> interface <ip-int-name> dhcp

o description <description-string>

o configure service vprn <service-id> interface <ip-int-name> dhcp no shutdown

• For IES service, use the following commands:

o configure service ies <service-id> interface <ip-int-name> dhcp

o description <description-string>

o configure service ies <service-id> interface <ip-int-name> dhcp no shutdown

DHCP Relaying Configuration – CLI – at IHUB (1/2)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 334/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 29

29

2. Configure the list of DHCP Relay Server names or addresses to a particular

service with the following commands:

configure service vprn|ies <service-id> interface <ip-int-name> dhcp

server <server1>

server <server2>

server <server8>

Note: There must be at least one server specified for DHCP relay to work. If there are

multiple servers then the request is forwarded to all the servers in the list.

DHCP Relaying Configuration – CLI – at IHUB (2/2)

Configure the optional DHCP relay agent parameters with next commands:

- Optionally configure the gi-address: by default the gi-address used in the relayed DHCPpacket is the primary address on that IP interface. It is possible to specify another IP address,but this other IP address must be one of the secondary IP address(es) configured on that IPinterface.

- Optionally configure the source IP address for relaying DHCP packet: the source IP addressfor sending DHCP relay packets is by default the IP address of the egress interface. It ispossible to specify that the gi-address should be used as source IP address.

configure service vprn|ies <service-id> interface <ip-int-name> dhcp

(no) gi-address < ip-address> [<src-ip-addr>]

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 335/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 30

30

VPRN configuration - CLI

configure service vprn <svc-id>

route-distinguisher 11190:0

interface "toUsers" create

address 21.21.190.1/24

dhcp

server 10.100.4.2

no shutdown

exit

sap nt:vp:1:1190 create

exit

exit

interface "toNetwork" create

address 10.10.190.21/24sap nt:vp:1:190 create

exit

exit

static-route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop 10.10.190.1

no shutdown

An example of a route-distinguisher with another format (including IPv4 address): route-

distinguisher 187.187.187.187:187

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 336/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 31

31

IP Routing –

IS-IS Protocol IHUB configuration4

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 337/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 32

32

Enable IS-IS in the Base Router

Some routing protocols need no parameters and so are

enabled on the Base Router itself 

Other routing protocols need one or more parameters

and are created in the Protocols

equipment

Select NE

Infrastructure

Layer 3

L3 Services

Router 

Base Router 

IS-IS cannot be used in a VPRN. It will only work in the Base Router, but can be used with IP

Interfaces from the IES.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 338/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 33

33

Create IS-IS Area

equipment

Select NE

Infrastructure

Layer 3

Base Router 

Router 

Protocols

IS-IS Instance

Areas

Static

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 339/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 34

34

Create IS-IS Interface (1/2)

equipment

Select NE

Infrastructure

Layer 3

Base Router 

Router 

Interfaces

Select IP Intf.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 340/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 35

35

Create IS-IS Interface (2/2)

Is not taken into account

Or Point-to-Point

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 341/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 36

36

IES and Base Router configuration - CLI

configure service ies <svc-id>

interface "toUsers" create

address 21.21.190.1/24

dhcp

server 10.100.4.2

no shutdown

exit

sap nt:vp:1:1190 create

exit

exit

interface "toNetwork" create

address 10.10.190.21/24

sap nt:vp:1:190 create

exit

exit

no shutdown

configure router

isis

area-id 00

interface "toNetwork"

interface-type broadcast

exit

exit

Only IES service supports IS-IS through the Base Router.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 342/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 37

37

IP / MAC Filters5

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 343/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 38

38

Filter policies

Filter policy = ACL

Consists of following items:

• Scope

• Description

• Default action

• Entries or Rules:

o Match criteria

o action

Two actions : drop or forward

ACL : Access Control List

Multiple entries or rules are allowed in one filter, each with a identifier. The rules will becheck in ascending order and when a match is found the action is executed and no furthermachting is checked. It is therefore recommended to put the most specific rules first and thethe more general ones.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 344/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 39

39

Applying policies

: SAP

: interface

IHUB

IES / VPRN

 Virtual Port

V-VPLSV-VPLS

Only on SAP level:

• L2 SAP : L2 and L3 filter

• L3 SAP : only L3 filter

Can be applied ingress or egress: only one of each!

IHUB

IES / VPRN

 Virtual PortV   -  V   P   L  S      V  -   V   P

   L   S

   V  -   V   P

   L   S  V   

-  V   P   L  S   

VLAN value used on LT level is forwarded on IHUB by configuring a SAP (Service Access Point)

on a V-VPLS, where a SAP is a combination of a physical port (in this case on of the IHUBports) and a VLAN ID.

Remark: a SAP in the ISAM can be of only one type: q-tagged (this unlike the SAP in IPDequipment, that can be either untagged, q-tagged or q-in-q tagged).

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 345/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 40

40

Configuration – IP Filter

Create IP Filter: give Filter Number

Create entries or rules

equipment

Select NE

Infrastructure

QoS

IHUB Filters

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 346/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 41

41

IP Filter rule

Rule Action

Protocol (see field in IP header)

DSCP value

Fragment : yes/no

Whether or not an option is present in theIP header

TCP only

ICMP only

Only available when TCP and/or UDP isselected

Only when ‘Between Destination Port(start) and Destination Port (end)’ isselected as ‘Port Mode’

Matching criteria to drop or forward IP traffic include:

Source IP address and mask :

Source IP address and mask values can be entered as search criteria. The IP Version 4 addressing schemeconsists of 32 bits expressed in dotted decimal notation (X.X.X.X).

Address ranges are configured by specifying mask values, the 32-bit combination used to describe the addressportion which refers to the subnet and which portion refers to the host. The mask length is expressed as aninteger (range 1 to 32).

Destination IP address and mask — Destination IP address and mask values can be entered as search criteria.

Protocol — Entering a protocol (such as TCP, UDP, etc.) allows the filter to search for the protocol specified inthis field.

Source port/range — Entering the source port number or port range allows the filter to search for matching TCPor UDP port and range values.

Destination port/range — Entering the destination port number or port range allows the filter to search formatching TCP or UDP values.

DSCP marking — Entering a DSCP marking enables the filter to search for the DSCP marking specified in this field.

ICMP code — Entering an ICMP code allows the filter to search for matching ICMP code in the ICMP header.

ICMP type — Entering an ICMP type allows the filter to search for matching ICMP types in the ICMP header.

Fragmentation — IPv4 only: Enable fragmentation matching. A match occurs if packets have either the MF (morefragment) bit set or have the Fragment Offset field of the IP header set to a non-zero value.

TCP-ACK/SYN flags — Entering a TCP-SYN/TCP-ACK flag allows the filter to search for the TCP flags specified inthese fields.

Option present — enables matching on the presence of the option field in the header. An option field of zero isconsidered as “no option present”.

Note: If you select UDP/TCP as the parameter value for ‘Protocol’, the port paramters in ‘Destination’ and‘Source’ become available, the TCP opties Syn and Ack not.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 347/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 42

42

Configuration – MAC Filter

Create IP Filter: give Filter Number

Create entries or rules

equipment

Select NE

Infrastructure

QoS

IHUB Filters

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 348/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 43

43

MAC Filter rule

Any, Ethernet II, 802.3 LLC,

802.3 SNAP

Only when Ethernet II is

selected, give value in decimal

Matching criteria to drop or forward MAC traffic include:

Source MAC address and mask: Entering the source MAC address range allows the filter tosearch for matching a source MAC address and/or range. Enter the source MAC address andmask in the form of xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx or xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx; for example, 00:dc:98:1d:00:00.

Destination MAC address and mask: Entering the destination MAC address range allows the filterto search for matching a destination MAC address and/or range. Enter the destination MACaddress and mask in the form of xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx or xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx; for example,02:dc:98:1d:00:01.

Dot1p and mask: Entering an IEEE 802.1p value or range allows the filter to search for matching802.1p frame. The Dot1p and mask accepts decimal, hex, or binary in the range of 0 to 7.

Ethertype: Entering an Ethernet type II Ethertype value to be used as a filter match criterion.The Ethernet type field is a two-byte field used to identify the protocol carried by theEthernet frame. The Ethertype accepts decimal, hex, or binary in the range of 1536 to 65535.

Encapsulation type: Entering an encapsulation type to be used as a filter match criterion. Thefollowing values are accepted: 802dot2-llc, 802dot2-snap, ethernet_II and any.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 349/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 44

44

Applying policies

On L2 SAP:

On L3 SAP:

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 350/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 45

45

Filter policy configuration – CLI : IP filter

configure filter ip-filter <ID> :

ip-filter 1 create

description "Drop all"

scope exclusiveexit

ip-filter 2 create

default-action forward

description "Forward all"

exit

ip-filter 1000 create

default-action forward

description "test"

entry 30 create

match

dscp cp35

exit

no action

exit

entry 40 create

match protocol icmp

icmp-code 5

exit

action drop

exit

exit

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 351/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 46

46

Filter policy configuration – CLI : MAC filter

configure filter mac-filter <ID> :

mac-filter 1 createdescription "Drop all"

exit

mac-filter 2 create

entry 1 create

match

dot1p 2 7

exit

action forward

exit

exit

mac-filter 3 create

default-action forward

description "Forward all"

exit

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 352/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 47

47

Base Router configuration6

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 353/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 48

48

Network port configuration (R4.1+)

From R4.1 onwards it is possible to configure IHUB ports in Network Port Mode. This is needed

for direct interfaces on the Base Router (i.e. not created via the IES), mainly used for MPLStraffic.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 354/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 49

49

Create Base Router IP Interface (1/2)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 355/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 50

50

Create Base Router IP Interface (2/2)

Keep automatic assignment

The ethernet port can also be configured as “Loopback Interface”, for use with a /32 IP

address not associated to any physical port.

The VLAN ID can be set to any value other than none, to accept and transmit tagged traffic.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 356/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 51

51

IP address configuration

1 = Main address2-16 = Secondary 

For a loopback interface, the subnet mask must be /32 (255.255.255.255)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 357/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 52

52

System IP address configuration

1 = Main address2-16 = Secondary 

For the system interface, the subnet mask is always /32 (255.255.255.255)

The system IP address is used for many things. Amongst other things, it used as router ID whennone is given. It is also used for self-generated traffic when the destination is beyond a next-hop.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 358/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 53

53

CLI

configure

port nt-a:sfp:3

ethernet mode network

exit

no shutdown

exit

configure

router

interface "system"

address 187.187.187.187/32

exitinterface "toSIM4"

address 10.4.187.187/24

port nt-a:sfp:3:0

exit

exit

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 359/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedTAC03048-HO04 | IHUB L3 Forwarding 54

54

www.alcatel-lucent.comwww.alcatel-lucent.com

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 360/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 1

QoS in 7302 ISAM/GPON

… for the NGLT-A

During class please switch off your mobile, pager or other that may interrupt.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 361/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 2

Objective

Upon completion of the module you will be able to

describe the use of T-CONTs and the T-CONT types

configure and explain the parameters in the BW profile

explain QoS functions in the ONT, uptream and downstream

configure and explain the ingress-qos-profile

explain QoS functions in the LT, upstream and downstream

configure and explain hierarchical scheduling + rate limiting

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 362/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 3

3

Table of Contents

1.The 7302 management model

2.The LT comparison

3.Overall QoS flow

4.Upstream bandwidth management on the PON

5.Upstream QoS architecture

6.Downstream QoS architecture

7.Exercises

Agenda Pages

This page allows for the listing of the sections within a presentation.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 363/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 4

4

The 7302 management model1

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 364/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 5

5

• AIM: black-box management model view for QoS, FWD and L2+ applications

• OLT+ONT: « virtual » single box for L2/L2+ operator’s view

Management model

NT(NANT-D/E)

xDSLLT

GPON

LT(NGLT-X)

ETHLT

ONTONU

backplane 

xDSL

ETH

DSLETHCESPOTS

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 365/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 6

6

Modeling the interface stack

NT(NANT-D/E)

ADSLx

VDSL2

GPONLT(NGLT-X)

ETHLT

backplane 

PON ONT UNI

EFM

PVC

Bridgeport

Bridgeport

Bridgeport

Bridgeport

VLANport

VLANport

VLANport

VLANport

Br idgeport /VLAN por t model ing for QoS and FWD black box configuration

1:1

1:1

1:1

1:1

QoS

L2+applications

L2 FWD

Voice/CES(GPON only)

bridgeportallows to model

the LT as a bridge fordifferent access

technologies, incl.fiber P2P, GPON, xDSL.

VLAN portcreated on top of

bridgeport, identified byVLAN ID or Ethertype.

Used to configure andmap ONT/NGLT-A

QoS and FWDbehavior.

Explicit configuration Auto-configuration

ONTCARD

BP – Bridgeport – A generic ethernet interface

VP – VlanPort – A generic tagged ethernet interface

---

In theory a bridge port is a logical entity, on which the switching engine (in the LT) can learn andremember MAC addresses.

In practice the bridge port can be … a VDSL link, … an EFM/NELT link, … a PVC on and xDSL link,and now it can correspond to a UNI, i.e. the user to network interface, which is the abstractionused in a GPON context to refer to … an Ethernet port at the back of an ONT, … an internalethernet interface corresponding to a VoIP/POTS port, … a VDSL link at the back of an MDU ONT,…

So one can say the classical definition of a bridge port is extended.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 366/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 7

7

The LT comparison2

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 367/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 8

8

NGLT-A & NGLT-B QoS comparison

Tail drop based on SW-

controlled, P-bit based

thresholds

Tail dropBuffer admission

Single queue per PON for all

traffic with guaranteed OMCI

& T&D access

4 or 8 queues per UNI via

dedicated FPGA (with

segregated queuing for MC

and OMCI)

Queues

32KBytes per PONShared pool for all queues

allows average queue depth of

16 packets

Buffering

Performed at Upstream Router if

Needed

Per queue, per UNI, and per

ONT

Rate shaping

Performed at Upstream Router if

Needed

Hierarchical at UNI, ONT, and

PON levelScheduling

NGLT-B (Basic)NGLT-A (Advanced)TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT

ASPECTS

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 368/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 9

9

GPON LT cards – Comparison with 7342

L2 QoS only 

L2 only 

1:64

C+

Yes

4 (SFF)

EHNT-B

EXNT-A

FGU4.7.04

GLT4-C

YesYesNoRSSI (OTM)

B+/C+B+B+Optics class

8 (SFP)4 (SFF)4 (SFF)PON interfaces

TrafficManagement

Layer x

Max splitting ratio

NT compatibility

Release

+ L3 fwd TO GEM

PortIDsL2 only L2 only 

+ L3 QoS,

extended 

Subscriber 

management and

 filtering

L2 QoS only L2 QoS only 

B+: 1:64

C+: 1:1281:641:64

NANT-D

NANT-E 

EHNT-B

EXNT-A

EHNT-B

EXNT-A

R4.0.10 FGU4.x 

(> 4.5.05)

FGU4.x 

(> 4.4.10)

NGLT-A

ISAM shelf 

GLT4-A3FE51034

AC

GLT4-A3FE51034AA

NGLT-A

with SFPs

GLT4-A

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 369/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 10

10

Overall QoS flow3

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 370/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 11

11

QoS principles

Marking PolicingTrafficClass

MappingQueuing Scheduling Shaping

Quality of Service is the ability to provide different priority to different

applications, users, or data flows, or to guarantee a certain level of

performance to a data flow.

Overview of QoS actions:

QoS functionality for GPON is distributed over OLT and ONT:

Traffic management mainly handled at ingress side of the system:

• Upstream at ONT side

• Downstream at OLT side

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 371/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 12

12

ONT

QoS – Functional split NT/LT/ONT

NANT-D

NGLT-A

PON

     U     N     I

 WF  Q 

 WF  Q 

 WF  Q 

 WF  Q 

 WF  Q 

 S P 

 S P 

 S P  , WF  Q 

 S P 

 S P  , WF  Q 

S

S

S

S

 G P  O  N 

Queue level UNI l evel ONT level  

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

 WF  Q 

 WF  Q 

 WF  Q 

 WF  Q 

 WF  Q 

 S P 

 S P 

 S P  , WF  Q 

 S P 

 S P  , WF  Q 

S

S

S

S

 G P  O  N 

Queue level UNI l evel ONT level  

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

4 Queues peregress port

 WRR

voice

video

CLBE

SP

     U     N     I

GEM Y

GEM X

MCAST GEM

TCONT A 

TCONT B

GEM Y

GEM X

GEM Z

p-bits

 WFQ

voice

video

CL

BE

SP

Partial buffersharing with 4

discard thresholds4 Queues per

uplink

8 queues per UNIStrict Priority, p-bit based

(not configurable)Policing

TC

mappingQueuing

MarkingPolicingTCmapping

QueuingSchedShaping(DBA)

     W     F     Q

Hierarchical scheduling

 S  P  

4 or 8 Queuesper UNI

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 372/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 13

13

Upstream bandwidth management

… on the PON4

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 373/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 14

14

What is the ONT doing, upstream?

upstream

T-CONT1uni

pvid

p-bit

grants

alloc-ID

port-ID1 … port-ID8

Q/MS

queues:

M = Marking

Q = Queueing

S = Scheduling

T-CONT - Transmission Containers

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 374/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 15

15

The relationship between T-CONTs and queues

T-CONT

queue

alloc-ID

(GEM) port-ID

1

n

service1 m

(burst)

UNI8 1

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 375/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 16

16

T-CONTs – Upstream bandwidth management

125 microsec

OLT

NTLT T-CONT A1

DBA

DS broadcast of “US BW Map”

PCBd

PLOAMd US BW Map(…)GEM section

AllocID Flag Start Stop

A1 Flag 100 300

AllocID Flag Start Stop

B1 Flag 400 500

AllocID Flag Start Stop

B2 Flag 600 700

GTC downstream frame:

100 300 400 500 600 700

T-CONT B2T-CONT B1T-CONT A1

T-CONT B1

T-CONT B2

Scheduling

• DBA algorithm calculates the granting timeslots and broadcast BW

map to all ONTs

• BW map specifies the time schedule for Upstream transmission of

Transmission Containers (T-CONT)

DBA p rov ides ra te l im i t a t i on per bandw id th p ipe (T -CONT) 

GTC - GPON Transmission Convergence Layer

DBA - Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation

T-CONT - Transmission Containers

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 376/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 17

17

T-CONT - Bandwidth parameters

• DBA uses T-CONT concept for upstream bandwidth allocation on PON

• provisionable parameters per T-CONT:

o CIR – Committed Information Rate – fixed bandwidth, no DBAo AIR – Assured Information Rate – fixed average bandwidth, DBA prio1

o EIR – Excess Information Rate

– Non-Assured – hi-priority Additional bandwidth, DBA prio2

– Best-Effort – low-priority Additional bandwidth, DBA prio3

Fixed Bandwidth

Assured Bandwidth

Non-Assured Bandwidth

Best-Effort BandwidthAdditional

Bandwidth

GuaranteedBandwidth

EIR

AIR

CIR

DBA

Staticallyreserved

Fixed bandwidth: Fixed Bandwidth is entirely reserved and cyclically allocated in order to achieve a

low cell transfer delay. If a T-CONT is provisioned with Fixed Bandwidth and has no data to send,allocations associated with the Fixed Bandwidth are still sent from the OLT and consequently idleGEM fragments will be sent upstream from the ONT to the OLT.

Assured Bandwidth: Assured Bandwidth is bandwidth that is always available to the ONT if the T-CONT buffer is expected to have data to transmit. If the T-CONT buffer does not have data totransmit, this bandwidth may be used by other T-CONTs. Assured Bandwidth is therefore able toparticipate in DBA.

Guaranteed Bandwidth: Guaranteed Bandwidth include Fixed bandwidth and Assured Bandwidth.

Non-assured bandwidth: Non-assured Bandwidth is a high priority variation of Additional Bandwidththat is assigned to T-CONTs with Assured Bandwidth. Non-assured bandwidth is able to participate

in DBA.Best Effort Bandwidth: Best Effort Bandwidth is bandwidth that a T-CONT may be able to use if no

higher-priority traffic consumes the bandwidth; there is no assurance or guarantee that thebandwidth will be available. Best Effort Bandwidth is able to participate in DBA.

Additional Bandwidth: Additional Bandwidth is the summation of Non-assured Bandwidth and BestEffort Bandwidth.

Maximum Bandwidth: Maximum Bandwidth is the upper limit of bandwidth to be assigned to a T-CONT and is the sum of Guaranteed Bandwidth and the upper limit of Additional Bandwidth.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 377/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 18

18

T-CONT types

• Bandwidth parameters of T-CONT define the T-CONT type

• DBA will issue grants to for the T-CONT to ensure that average rate does not exceed

the maximum of CIR, AIR and EIR

o fixed BW T-CONT type 1: rate limiting to CIR

o best-effort BW T-CONT type 4: rate limiting to EIR

FixedBandwidth

Best-Effort Bandwidth

AssuredBandwidth

AssuredBandwidth

Non-AssuredBandwidth

Best-EffortBandwidth

Non-AssuredBandwidth

AssuredBandwidth

FixedBandwidth

CIR=AIR=EIR>0 AIR=EIR>0

CIR=0

EIR>AIR 

AIR>CIR 

CIR=0 CIR=AIR=0

EIR>0 EIR>AIR 

AIR>CIR 

CIR>0

Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Type 4

Best-EffortBandwidth

FixedBandwidth

EIR>CIR 

CIR=AIR>0

Type 5

FixedBandwidth

AIR=EIR>CIR 

CIR>0

AssuredBandwidth

>= AIR> 0> AIR= AIR= CIREIR 

>= CIR0> 0> 0= CIRAIR 

> 0000> 0CIR 

Type 5Type 4Type 3 Type 2 Type 1

T-CONT types

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 378/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 19

19

DBA – Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation

DmdBW i = bandwidthdemand for T-CONTi

 AvailBW i = total upstreamPON bandwidth - overhead

CIRi = Committed Information Rate forT-CONTi

 AIRi

= Assured Information Rate forT-CONTi

EIRi = Extended Information Rate forT-CONTi

DTi = Delay Tolerance for T-CONTi

Service Provisioning Status Reporting

DBA Scheduler

 AllocBW i = Bandwidth allocated to T-CONTi

DmdBW i = bandwidthdemand for T-CONTi

 AvailBW i = total upstreamPON bandwidth - overhead

CIRi = Committed Information Rate forT-CONTi

 AIRi

= Assured Information Rate forT-CONTi

EIRi = Extended Information Rate forT-CONTi

DTi = Delay Tolerance for T-CONTi

Service Provisioning Status Reporting

DBA Scheduler

 AllocBW i = Bandwidth allocated to T-CONTi

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 379/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 20

20

configure qos profiles

bandwidth FXB1000

committed-info-rate 1000

assured-info-rate 1000

excessive-info rate 1000

delay-tolerance 80

configure qos interface 1/1/5/1/33/1/1

upstream-queue 0 bandwidth-profile name:FXB1000

Bandwidth profile

by default, one T-CONT will be assigned per queue,unless bandwidth sharing is enabled!

characteristics of a type-1 T-CONT

the T-CONT will be createdat service provisioning time, see later

Up to 8 queues can be configured!

Obviously different queues can have different bandwidth profiles, but this is not a necessity. It isperfectly possible for having one and the same bandwidth profile on all queues simultaneously.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 380/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 21

21

Bandwidth sharing (1/2)

what?

sharing the traffic of multiple queues into one single T-CONT

how?

enable bandwidth sharing on the proper qos-interface

implementation?

false – no bandwidth sharing at all,

every queue get it’s own T- CONT

uniSharing – multiples queues on one single uni

can/do share one and the same T-CONT

ontSharing – multiple queues (even on different uni’s)

can/do share one and the same T-CONT

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 381/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 22

22

Bandwidth sharing (2/2)

example?

configure qos interface 1/1/5/1/33/1/1

upstream-queue 0

bandwidth-profile name:CBR1000

bandwidth-sharing uni-sharing

upstream-queue 1

bandwidth-profile name:CBR1000

bandwidth-sharing uni-sharing

one single T-CONT will be created (at service prov. time)which collects the data from queue 0 and 1as they have the same bandwidth profile

this way, multiple services (on the same UNI) share the same T-CONTso there might be a need to do service policing on the LT

The bandwidth-sharing parameter can be set to uni-sharing or ont-sharing.

The bandwidth-sharing concept is on AMS referred to as shaper sharing.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 382/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 23

23

Configure bridge port – Example 1

configure bridge port 1/1/1/2/33/1/1

configure bridge port 1/1/1/2/33/1/1

max-unicast-mac 10

vlan-id 150

pvid 150

this creates the bridge port:

- the capability to learn MAC addressesat this moment, all data needed by the ONTis downloaded to the ONT through the OMCC

this configures the bridge port

one single (untagged) hsi service on one single bridge-port

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 383/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 24

24

Configure bridge port – Example 2

configure bridge port 1/1/1/2/33/1/1

configure bridge port 1/1/1/2/33/1/1

max-unicast-mac 10

vlan-id 150

tag single-tagged

vlan-id 151

tag single-tagged

this creates the bridge port:

- the capability to learn MAC addressesat this moment, all data needed by the ONTis downloaded to the ONT through the OMCC

this configures the bridge port

two (tagged) services on one single bridge-port

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 384/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 25

25

Demo scenario’s

Multiple service – without bandwidth sharing

uniQ/MS

T-CONT1

T-CONT2T-CONT3

T-CONT4

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 385/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 26

26

Demo scenario’s

Multiple services – with bandwidth sharing

uniQ/MST-CONT1

T-CONT2

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 386/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 27

27

QoS architecture

… ONT+LT upstream5

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 387/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 28

28

Upstream QoS

NT(NANT-D)

GPONLT

(NGLT-A)

ONTONU

Trusted

interface

Trusted  (Un)Trusted Trusted 

Per-SAP/subflow policing

(implemented at LT!)

Fixed queueing /schedulingtowards Backplane

BAC: Taildrop

Marking: default pbit/DSCP-to-pbit

mapping/ Pbit translation

Configurable queuing / scheduling

BAC: taildrop

bandwidth shaping based on DBA

CAC for T-CONT AIR/CIR BW

configurablequeueing/scheduling towards

EMAN

BAC: TD, WRED

egress shaping/policing

As ONT UNI isingress of the

network, most QoS

actions areimplemented at

this point

MarkingPolicingTC

mappingQueuingSched

Shaping

(DBA)

The ONT is the demarcation point between the customer‘s and the network provider‘s network.

Essentially, the ONT includes an interworking function (IWF) to perform QoS aware actions on theincoming subscriber traffic. Then, all data between the subscribers ONT UNI port is switchedtowards the corrseponding GEM port-IDs on the PON. Further on, the NT performs QoS handlingthat is organised on a „per service“ basis. The „service“ has to be understood in this context as aforwarding instance, being a VPLS or IES/VPRN instance.

Notes :

(1) Location of the “Per SAP policing” feature :

Programmable per ONT

SFU typically not HW ready, MDU typically OK

(2) NGLT-A restriction (not supported) :

pbit / DSCP marking as policy action

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 388/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 29

29

Traffic classification and marking

Untagged traffic

• default p-bit per bridgeport

• DSCP-to-pbit mapping per bridgeport

Note – no support for:

L2/L3 policy-based remarking

QoS session based fixed P-bitmarking

VLAN default P-bits

DSCP setting

Port default

P-bits

P-bit contract

table

Tagged?

Alignment

enabled?

DSCP-to-P-bit

alignment

BP default

P-bit regenerationprofile per SAP

Y, trusted

N

Y,untrusted

QoS Marker ProfileGlobal TableUNTAGGED only

TrustedUntrusted

Trusted

Tagged

• regeneration profile per bridgeport or VLAN

port

based on a number of predefined “profiles”: each

profile defines a specific mapping for all of the p-

bit values

Y

N

Marking

All classification and marking of subscriber traffic is done at the level of the ONT UNI. After this

operation, the traffic forwarded onto the PON link is always considered as trusted. Upstreamclassification and marking is realized according to the picture show above.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 389/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 30

30

Upstream policingPolicing

for SFU type ONTs

• Single Family Unit

• to be executed in the LT

• the hardware in the ONT is most typically

not ready to handle policing function

o when an SFU ONT receives the command to

enable polcing over OMCI, it will throw an error

for MDU type ONTs

• Multi Dwelling Unit

• to be implemented by the ONT

The hardware in the ONT is powerful enough

to handle the policing function

configure equipment ont interface 1/1/3/1/11

sernum ALCL:9012A3F4

sw-ver-pland 3FE50XXXABCD01

us-police-mode local

network

at LT

at ONT

can not be changed aftercreation of ontcard/uni

can not be changed aftercreation of ontcard/uni

must be executed at ONTprovisioning time

must be executed at ONTprovisioning time

Taken from the feature description: QoS83

Notes for NGLT-x

(1) This function should be located at the ONT, as it is for MDU ONTs. However, SFU ONT hardwaredoes not support per VLAN port policers, so it has been decided to implement this function at theLT for SFUs. A configurable (per ONT) attribute indicates whether SAP level policing should beperformed at the ONT or the LT. If the attribute indicates that policing should be done at theONT, but the OMCI is rejected by the ONT, then a mismatch alarm is generated.

(2) For MDU, since policer located at the ONT, it requires OMCI support. The standard OMCI doesnot (yet) support policers at the VLAN port level, so a non-standard extension is used.

(3) The system keeps track of how many policers are in use. At the system level, it isn’t knownwhether the policing is done by the LT or by the ONT (MDU case). Therefore, when a policer isassigned, it is always assumed that an LT policer has been consumed. This could lead to thesystem concluding incorrectly that an LT does not have further policer resources.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 390/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 31

31

P-bits and traffic classes (1/2)

p-b i t - t o -queue mapp ing: 2-step configuration via Traffic Classes (TC)

• TC-to-queue mapping (fixed, system-wide setting)

o based on a 4 queue or 8 queue (fixed) constellation for NGLT-x:

TC Queue TC Queue

7 3 7 7

6 3 6 6

5 2 5 5

4 2 4 4

3 1 3 3

2 1 2 2

1 0 1 1

0 0 0 0

8 TC to 4 Queues 8 TC to 8 Queues

TC

mappingQueuing

configure qos interface ont:1/1/3/3/33

us-num-queue 8

The main features of the upstream scheduling and shaping are as follows:

Each UNI on a PON is allocated either 4 or 8 queues. (The number is configurable per ONT.) Thesequeues are located on the ONT. Each queue is configured with priority and weight parameters. AT-CONT is also associated with each queue.

The characteristics of the T-CONT are configured in a bandwidth profile and include rateparameters CIR, AIR, EIR. Grants are issued by the GPON LT to the ONTs on the PON, to ensurefor each T-CONT, the committed rate and (on average) the assured rate. Also, for each T-CONT,the traffic is shaped to the maximum of CIR, AIR and EIR.

Queues are scheduled using either strict priority or WFQ algorithms, within the T-CONT, accordingto the configured priorities and weights. Note that all queues on a T-CONT must be configured touse the same scheduling algorithm, i.e. all strict priority or all WFQ.

The ‘bandwidth profile sharing’ attribute allows a T-CONT to be shared by multiple queues within aUNI and also across multiple UNIs within the same ONT. However, a T-CONT cannot be sharedbetween ONTs.

When the upstream traffic is forwarded from the LT to the NT, a simple, non-configurable queuingmechanism is used. Traffic enters a single queue per uplink and is classified as critical, high orlow priority. Critical priority is reserved for internal LT-to-NT communications and other traffic isclassified as high or low priority based on p-bits. The queue fill level has two thresholds: whenthe queue fills to the lower threshold, low priority traffic is dropped; when the queue fills to thehigher threshold, low and high priority traffic is dropped.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 391/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 32

32

P-bits and traffic classes

p-b i t - t o -queue mapp ing: 2-step configuration via Traffic Classes (TC)

• p-bit-to-TC mapping (L2 FWR setting)

o ingress Profile: dot1p0 TCx1, dot1p1 TCx2, etc

QO

Q7

 …

TC0

TC7

 …

8TC-to-8Q mappingPbit-to-TC mapping

Pbitx

Pbitz

 …

QO

Q4

 …

8TC-to-4Q mappingPbit-to-TC mapping

Pbitx

Pbitz

TC1

TC7

 …

TC0

TC6

 …

TC

mappingQueuing

The main features of the upstream scheduling and shaping are as follows:

Each UNI on a PON is allocated either 4 or 8 queues. (The number is configurable per ONT.) Thesequeues are located on the ONT. Each queue is configured with priority and weight parameters. AT-CONT is also associated with each queue.

The characteristics of the T-CONT are configured in a bandwidth profile and include rateparameters CIR, AIR, EIR. Grants are issued by the GPON LT to the ONTs on the PON, to ensurefor each T-CONT, the committed rate and (on average) the assured rate. Also, for each T-CONT,the traffic is shaped to the maximum of CIR, AIR and EIR.

Queues are scheduled using either strict priority or WFQ algorithms, within the T-CONT, accordingto the configured priorities and weights. Note that all queues on a T-CONT must be configured touse the same scheduling algorithm, i.e. all strict priority or all WFQ.

The ‘bandwidth profile sharing’ attribute allows a T-CONT to be shared by multiple queues within aUNI and also across multiple UNIs within the same ONT. However, a T-CONT cannot be sharedbetween ONTs.

When the upstream traffic is forwarded from the LT to the NT, a simple, non-configurable queuingmechanism is used. Traffic enters a single queue per uplink and is classified as critical, high orlow priority. Critical priority is reserved for internal LT-to-NT communications and other traffic isclassified as high or low priority based on p-bits. The queue fill level has two thresholds: whenthe queue fills to the lower threshold, low priority traffic is dropped; when the queue fills to thehigher threshold, low and high priority traffic is dropped.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 392/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 33

33

Ingress QoS profile

configure qos profiles

ingress-qos TC0

dot1-p0-tc 0dot1-p1-tc 0

dot1-p7-tc 0

configure vlan id 150 mode residential-bridge

(secure-forwarding)

in-qos-prof-name name:TC0

all p-bits are mapped to the same TC

hence all traffic enters one single queue

the p-bit mappings are actually/also needed on the ONT

they are downloaded to the ONT when provisioning the bridge port!

TC

mappingQueuing

The ingress qos profile corresponds more or less to the PQ-profile from the 7342!

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 393/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 34

34

Number of queues

configure qos

interface ont:1/1/5/1/33

us-num-queue 4 or 8

for the ONT QoS interface

TC

mappingQueuing

T-CONT1uni

pvid

p-bit

grants

alloc-ID

port-ID1 … port-ID8

Q/MS

queues:AMS always shows 8 queues,

even if only 4 are configured!

AMS always shows 8 queues,even if only 4 are configured!

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 394/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 35

35

QoS architecture… LT + ONT downstream6

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 395/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 36

36

Downstream QoS

NT(NANT-D)

GPONLT

(NGLT-A)

ONTONU

Trusted

interface

Trusted  Trusted Trusted 

Policing – same as US

Hierarchical queuing /scheduling

BAC: 2 threshold Taildrop

Per queue/UNI/ONTBandwidth shaping

CAC for queue/UNI/ONT CIR BW

Fixed queuing /schedulingBAC: Taildrop

Configurable queueing /scheduling

towards each NT-LT backplane link

BAC: TD, WRED

NT ingress DSCP-to-pbit alignment

table (only SHUB)

Incoming traffic

from the network isexpected to be

marked correctly

PolicingTC

mappingQueuing Hierarchical scheduling

Notes :

(1) NGLT-A restriction (not supported) :

pbit / DSCP marking as policy action

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 396/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 37

37

Downstream queues on the LT

GPON

INTERFACE

OMCI

SP

Voice

SP

WFQ

R

TC x

TC y

TC z

R

R

R

R

R

TC w R

TC x

TC y

TC z

R

R

R

R

TC w R

Low Priority R

High Priority  R

R

R

SPRbroadcasts andincidental multicasts

multicast streams

unicast traffic for oneUNI distributed to 4 or

8 queues

unicast traffic for oneUNI distributed to 4 or

8 queues

UNI level

scheduler  ONT level

scheduler 

PON level

scheduler 

OMCI

voice

SP

SP

SP

Queuing

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 397/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 38

38

P-bits – Which queues do they end up?

Pbi t - to-Queue mapping: 2-step configuration via Traffic Classes (TC)

• TC-to-queue mapping (system-wide setting)

• ingress profile to map all 8 Pbits one-to-one to Traffic Classes (TC)

o assocation with L2 FWR at VLAN Port

Queueing 

• number of allocated queues per UNI (PON-wide setting)

same as in upstream:using the ingress qos profile

same as in upstream:using the ingress qos profile

TC

mappingQueuing

SP

Q3

Q2

Q1

Q0

P2

P3

WFQ 

P1

W1

W2

Default 4 queue scheduling

SP

Q6

Q5

Q3

Q1

P2

P3

WFQ 

P1

W1

W4

Q0

Q2

Q4

Q7

W2

W3

P4P5

Default 8 queue scheduling

note: additional Queues provided directly at PON level

1 queue for OMCI – SP scheduling

2 queues for (dynamic/static) multicast – WFQ scheduling

incidental multicast

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 398/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 39

39

Hierarchical queuing and scheduling

Implemented together with DS rate shaping – within the same priority class

Hierarchical scheduling allows rate limiting on 3 levels:

(group of) queue

UNI

ONT

UNI LEVEL ONT LEVEL PON LEVEL

W2

W1

P1

P2

P3

W1

W2

W1

W2

W1

W2

W1

W2

P1

P2

P1

P2

P1,W1

P1,W2

Priority and weightsconfigured in queue

Priority andWeight configuredin schedulerNodeassociated to UNI

P1

P2

QUEUE LEVEL

Priority and Weightconfigured in

schedulerNodeassociated to ONT

Hierarchical scheduling

The Tangier chip(set) needs to be enabled explicitely before you can do anyting usefull!

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 399/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 40

40

Queueing and scheduling – At queue level

Queue and Schedul ing conf igurat ion at queue level

One-by-one UNI queue configuration

•  priority defines a priority class for the queue. Different priority classes will be scheduled in strict priority.

• weight of the queue within a priority class.

• shaper profile to specify the BW parameters CIR, CBS, EIR used for rate-limiting at queue level. Each queue

can be independently rate limited to its EIR.

• shaper profile sharing allows to share this queue’s Shaper Profile with other queues on the same UNI: the

aggregate of the traffic from the queues will be rate limited.(not supported yet)

S

P

W1

W2

W3

W4

W2

W3

W1

W2

P4

P3

P2

P1

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

This rate limiting is achieved by

associating a single shaper profile

to Q6 and Q7 and enabling shaper

sharing on Q6 and Q7 

WFQ 

Q0

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q5

Q6

Q7

P1, W1

P1,W7

P1, W8

P1, W2

P1, W3

P1, W4

P1,W5

P1, W6

This rate limiting is achieved by

associating a single shaper profile

to each queue and disabling

shaper sharing

Hierarchical scheduling

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 400/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 41

41

Queueing and scheduling – At UNI level

Queue and Schedul i ng conf igurat ion at UNI level

UNI scheduler configuration via Scheduler Node Profile

• defines the weight/priority of the UNI scheduler definedin the previous step

• refers to Shaper Profile to specify the BW parameters CIR, CBS, EIR used for rate-limiting of the UNI

• each UNI can be independently rate limited to its EIR

Hierarchical scheduling

UNI LEVEL ONT LEVEL

W2

W1

P1

P2

P3

W1

W2

W1

W2

P1,W1

P1,W2P1

QUEUE LEVEL

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 401/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 42

42

Queueing and scheduling – At ONT level

Queue and Schedul ing conf igurat ion at ONT level

ONT scheduler configuration via Scheduler Node Profile

• defines the weight/priority of the ONT scheduler defined in the previous step

• refers to Shaper Profile to specify the BW parameters CIR, CBS, EIR used for rate-limiting of the ONT.

• each ONT can be independently rate limited to its EIR.

Hierarchical scheduling

ONT LEVEL PON LEVEL

P1

P2

P1

P2

P1,W1

P1,W2

Priority and Weightconfigured in

schedulerNodeassociated to ONT

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 402/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 43

43

Scheduler node profile

configure qos

profiles

shaper spr-1 type singletockenbucketgponcommitted-info-rate 0 committed-burst-size 0

excess-info-rate 5000

configure qos

profiles

scheduler-node sn-1 priority 1 weight

shaper-profile name:spr-1

Hierarchical scheduling

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 403/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 44

44

www.alcatel-lucent.comwww.alcatel-lucent.com

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 404/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 1

Fault Management

During class please switch off your mobile, pager or other that may interrupt.

Fault management performs the following tasks:

collecting alarms

the alarm subsystem subscribes to alarm events (sent via an SNMP trap).

presenting alarms

current alarms are displayed in the current alarm list. Archived alarms are displayed inthe historical alarm list. Filters can be applied. Several alarm view can be displayedin parallel.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 405/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 2

Objective

After completing this section, you’ll be able to:

• describe how alarms are handled by the NE and the AMS

• overrule the alarm reporting mode on the NE for a specific port

• retrieve the alarm severity assignment table on NE

• retrieve a list of current alarms (NE or object level)

• retrieve detailed information for a specific alarm

• describe the different actions that can be performed on an alarm

• perform actions on a alarm (acknowledge, assign to …)

• move an alarm to the historical alarm list

• create a filter for an alarm view and activate it

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 406/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 3

3

Table of Contents

1. Concepts

2. Network Perspective

3. Alarm Perspective

Agenda Pages

This page allows for the listing of the sections within a presentation.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 407/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 4

4

Concepts1

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 408/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 5

5

Alarm management - General

Current Alarms Management

• real-time treatment

• overall alarm status of NE

• dynamically updated

Historical Alarms Management

• consultation of historical alarms

CURRENTALARMS

HISTORICALALARMS

Alarm view Historicalalarm view

If alarm severity   ≥ threshold -> TRAP

If severity   ≥ EMS threshold -> CAL

If severity < EMS threshold -> discard

If an alarm occurs in the NE with severity level above the threshold (which is by default major),

an SNMP trap is sent to the AMS.

Each incoming alarm gets a timestamp that corresponds to the arrival time in the AMS and isadded to the current alarm list.

When a alarm is archived, it is moved from the current alarm list to the historical alarm list. Anew timestamp is added then.

Historical Alarms Management

Allows consultation of historical alarms:

alarms that are cleared and acknowledged and thus not considered as current anymore

alarms that are manually moved to the historical alarms list.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 409/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 6

6

Severity threshold for reporting

When will the NE send an SNMP trap?

• severity thresholds for different technologies:

o Ethernet

o Voice

o SHDSL

o XDSL

Equipment

Infrastructure

Alarms

Default severity

NE

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 410/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 7

7

Alarm severity assignment

Which alarms are defined on NE? What severity level?

Several parameters:

• Id

• TL1 Alarm Condition

• Probable Cause

• Specific Problem

• Domain

• Category

• Logged

• Severity

• Reported

• Service Affecting

Not all attributes in the alarm severity assignment are configurable.

Read-only attributes:

Id

Probable cause, e.g. address conflict

Specific problem, e.g. MAC-address conflict

Domain, e.g. Ethernet

Category, e.g. Communications

configurable attributes:

Severity (critical, major, minor, warning, indeterminate)

asamAlarmRepMode (will the alarm be reported or not?)

Service affecting

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 411/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 8

8

Alarm severity assignment

modifiablefixed

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 412/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 9

9

EMS Severity threshold

Will the reported alarm be put in the CAL?

• If the severity level is equal or greater to the EMS

severity, put it in the CAL

• If not, discard the alarm

Administration

Alarms

Configuration

Alarm Settings

Parameters to manage the removal from Current to Historical Alarm List:

Delay before cleared alarm is removed : by default set to 1 hour

Automatic Moving strategy : always delay based, possibly also immediately in case ofeither cleared alarms or of alarms that are both cleared and acknowledged

Of course there is also the possibility to manually remove a cleared alarm from theCurrent Alarm List (see further)

Purging Historical Alarm List: after which amount of time (default: 6 months), will alarms beremoved from HAL

Archiving Historical: there is also the possibility to make an archive of the Historical Alarm List

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 413/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 10

10

Network Perspective2

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 414/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 11

11

Alarm info in network perspective

M

M

alarm on object tagalarm synthesis tag

type of alarm

alarm

summary

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 415/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 12

12

Some common alarm codes in alarm summary

PROT protection failure (switch over capacity lost)

LBL NE User Label Mismatch (check system ID)

RTE Remote Node Transmission Error (SNTPcommunication lost)

RST NE Reset (NT board restart)

BCKP Auto backup failed

REST Auto restore failed

EQP Equipment malfunction (conn. or downloadfailed)

CFG Configuration or Customization error(e.g. board removed / waiting for SW)

TCA Threshold crossing alarm: e.g. bit rate lowerthan planned

LOPW Loss of power (modem normally poweredoff)

The list above shows some common alarm codes and their possible related cause(s). Each alarm

code can have multiple causes depending on the level.

The same alarm code can be generated both on board level as on port level. Be careful wheninterpreting the alarm !

The list above is not complete. We refer to the customer documentation for a more detaileddescription. This is only an example on how to interpret alarms and how to trace theproblem.

The severity is not included in the list above because it can be changed by the operator on the

level of the NE. Look at the appropriate Alarm Severity Template on your node.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 416/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 13

13

How to navigate to the alarm perspective?

open alarm perspective

select object in equipment view

and show alarms

Basically there are two ways to get into the alarm perspective:

open the alarm perspective from the perspective button bar

from the equipment perspective, by selecting a node, right-clicking, selecting ‘Show’ andthen ‘Alarms’

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 417/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 14

14

How to retrieve lower level alarms on an object?

Retrieve alarms that you typically wouldn’t see:

• severity level below threshold or reporting mode turned off 

Select object in equipment view

•   Show Alarm & Condition on Selected Object and Subtree

Static information

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 418/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 15

15

Alarm Perspective3

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 419/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 16

16

Alarm perspective

Alarm perspective

• Current Alarm view:

• Historical alarm view

• Used attributes (by default):

o severity level

o event time

o cleared timeo source friendly name

o probable cause

o specific problem

o service affecting

o archiving time

cleared

severity level

The colour indicates the severity level:

critical

major

minor

warning

indeterminate

If an alarm has been cleared, only the first column (I.e. severity) has the colour representingthe severity level. The rest of the alarm information is displayed in green.

Remark: the Event Time is the timestamp given to a certain alarm by the NE

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 420/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 17

17

Alarm object details

Select alarm:

• either double click

• or right click object details

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 421/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 18

18

Alarm follow up (acknowledge)

Alarm perspective: alarm view & historical alarm view

• Actions on alarms: follow up acknowledge

o assigned to user <…> (select from list) & add notes (optional)

When an operator wants to follow up an alarm, he can acknowledge the alarm in order to

inform his colleagues that someone is dealing with this alarm (maybe he fills in his operatorid or he doesn’t).

It’s only an option to fill in the user name to whom the alarm is assigned.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 422/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 19

19

Alarm move manually to historical alarm list

Only cleared alarms can be moved to historical alarm list!

Alarm view

Alarm

Select alarm

Move to historical alarm

An operator can move a cleared current alarm to the historical alarm list (manual action).

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 423/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 20

20

Administration alarm settings

Alarms can automatically be moved from current to historical

• after a configurable delay

• immediately in certain conditions (cleared / acknowledged)

Historical alarms can be purged as well

EMS admin.

Administration

Configuration

Alarms

Alarm settings

In the administration perspective, you can configure certain alarm settings:

what is the moving strategy from current view to historical view?

configurable delay, e.g. 1 h

moving strategy:

Delay based / Immediately when cleared / Immediately when cleared andacknowledged

In these alarm settings, you can also configure how long historical alarms are kept in thehistorical list and what happens afterwards (archived or not).

The EMS severity filtering is a threshold for collecting alarms in the AMS. Any incoming alarmwith a severity below this threshold will not be added to the current alarm list. Typically,alarms sent by the NE will have a severity level of major or critical, but in some cases, analarm with a lower severity level can be sent. (You can configure per user port what thethreshold for alarm reporting is. This overrules the default severity per NE.) It is possiblethat such an alarm with a low severity level is sent by the NE, but dropped by the AMS. Inthe example on the slide (screenshot), no alarms will be dropped.

Archiving: alarms can be put in files (one per day). This archiving can be done:

Never / When alarms are moved from Current to Historical / When alarms are purged fromthe Historical

Archived alarms are put in the following directory (in case the data is in /var/opt/) for date:6th of April, 2010:

/var/opt/ams/local/ams-4.1-50677/alarmarchiving/2010/4/6

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 424/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 21

21

Alarm view settings

Configure how many alarms can be displayed per page

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 425/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 22

22

Configure filter (Edit)

Configure conditions

• 2 tabs

o Simple filter criteria

- predefined attributes

o More advanced

Advanced filter criteria next slide

Simple filter

In order to configure which attributes will be used, click the second tab (Visible Columns):

In order to deactivate a filter, you must clear the filter.

You can save the filter for later use.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 426/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 23

23

Configure filter : Advanced tab

Configure conditions to be met (AND or OR)

If you want to deactivate the filter Filter Clear

add condition

remove

In order to configure which attributes will be used, click the second tab (Visible Columns):

In order to deactivate a filter, you must clear the filter.

You can save the filter for later use.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 427/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 24

24

Save configured filter

First create filter (edit) e.g. severity level = minor

Then save (as)• Once a filter is saved, it will appear in drop down list

When you create the filter (Filter Edit), there’s no way to give a name to this filter.

You can use a filter that is not saved. You only save a filter if you want to reuse it later.

In order to save the filter you’ve just created, you navigate to the menu Filter and select Saveor Save As.

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 428/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 25

25

Multiple Alarm views

Multiple Alarm views possible in Alarm perspective

Alarm view with no filter definedAlarm view with

filter “critical” active

Alarm view with defined (but unsaved) filter

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 429/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 26

26

Export alarms (CSV format)

Export a .csv file to your PC

CSV : Comma Separated Values

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 430/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 27

27

Alarm View – Current & Historical

Per-severity alarm subpanel

• Number of alarms of that severity

• color

o Green (“Normal”): no alarm

o Colored according to the severity: alarms present

  Σ Alarms visible in the alarm view

• Within Filter – if any defined

  Σ Cleared Alarmsvisible in the alarm view

• Within Filter – if any defined

  Σ Acknowledged Alarms visible in the alarm view

• Within Filter – if any defined

Alarm View – Current & Historical

Alarm synthesis overview.The alarm view shows different counters

counters per severity level

counter for all current alarms visible in the alarm view (within filter, if there is oneactive)

similar counter for all cleared alarms

similar counter for all acknowledged alarms

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 431/432

© 2010 Alcatel-Lucent, All Rights ReservedDocument Number | Document Title 28

28

Display settings in Pack & Freeze option

Pack adjust column width for all columns

Freeze alarm view

• avoid autorefresh issue e.g. an operator is looking at the alarm list and it

changes constantly (new alarms appear, alarm state changes…)

7/18/2019 Alu - A7302 Isam Fttu Operator Gpon Nant-e_ce-PDF

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/alu-a7302-isam-fttu-operator-gpon-nant-ece-pdf 432/432

29

Audible & visible signal for incoming alarms

For incoming alarms in an alarm view, an audible signal is sent

Likewise, you can get a pop up when there’s a change in alarms.